0
登录后你可以
  • 下载海量资料
  • 学习在线课程
  • 观看技术视频
  • 写文章/发帖/加入社区
会员中心
创作中心
发布
  • 发文章

  • 发资料

  • 发帖

  • 提问

  • 发视频

创作活动
CC430F5147IRGZR

CC430F5147IRGZR

  • 厂商:

    BURR-BROWN(德州仪器)

  • 封装:

    VQFN-48_7X7MM-EP

  • 描述:

    IC MCU 16BIT W/RF CORE 48VQFN

  • 数据手册
  • 价格&库存
CC430F5147IRGZR 数据手册
Product Folder Order Now Technical Documents Tools & Software Support & Community CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 CC430F614x, CC430F514x, CC430F512x MSP430™ SoC With RF Core 1 Device Overview 1.1 Features 1 • True System-on-Chip (SoC) for Low-Power Wireless Communication Applications • Wide Supply Voltage Range: 3.6 V Down to 1.8 V • Ultra-Low Power Consumption: – CPU Active Mode (AM): 160 µA/MHz – Standby Mode (LPM3 RTC Mode): 2.0 µA – Off Mode (LPM4 RAM Retention): 1.0 µA – Real-Time Clock (RTC) Only Mode (LPM3.5): 1.0 µA – Shutdown Mode (LPM4.5): 0.3 µA – Radio in RX: 15 mA, 250 kbps, 915 MHz • MSP430™ System and Peripherals – 16-Bit RISC Architecture, Extended Memory, up to 20-MHz System Clock – Wake up From Standby Mode in Less Than 6 µs – Flexible Power-Management System With SVS and Brownout – Unified Clock System With FLL – 16-Bit Timer TA0, Timer_A With Five Capture/Compare Registers – 16-Bit Timer TA1, Timer_A With Three Capture/Compare Registers – Hardware RTC – Two Universal Serial Communication Interfaces (USCIs) – USCI_A0 Supports UART, IrDA, SPI – USCI_B0 Supports I2C, SPI – 10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) With Internal Reference, Sample-and-Hold, and Autoscan Features (Only CC430F614x and CC430F514x) – Comparator – Integrated LCD Driver With Contrast Control for up to 96 Segments (Only CC430F614x) – 128-Bit AES Security Encryption and Decryption Coprocessor – 32-Bit Hardware Multiplier 1.2 • • • – 3-Channel Internal DMA – Serial Onboard Programming, No External Programming Voltage Needed – Embedded Emulation Module (EEM) • High-Performance Sub-1 GHz RF Transceiver Core – Same as in CC1101 – Wide Supply Voltage Range: 2 V to 3.6 V – Frequency Bands: 300 MHz to 348 MHz, 389 MHz to 464 MHz, and 779 MHz to 928 MHz – Programmable Data Rate From 0.6 kBaud to 500 kBaud – High Sensitivity (–117 dBm at 0.6 kBaud, –111 dBm at 1.2 kBaud, 315 MHz, 1% Packet Error Rate) – Excellent Receiver Selectivity and Blocking Performance – Programmable Output Power up to +12 dBm for All Supported Frequencies – 2-FSK, 2-GFSK, and MSK Supported, Also OOK and Flexible ASK Shaping – Flexible Support for Packet-Oriented Systems: On-Chip Support for Sync Word Detection, Address Check, Flexible Packet Length, and Automatic CRC Handling – Support for Automatic Clear Channel Assessment (CCA) Before Transmitting (for Listen-Before-Talk Systems) – Digital RSSI Output – Suited for Systems Targeting Compliance With EN 300 220 (Europe) and FCC CFR Part 15 (US) – Suited for Systems Targeting Compliance With Wireless M-Bus Standard EN 13757‑4:2005 – Support for Asynchronous and Synchronous Serial Receive/Transmit Mode for Backward Compatibility With Existing Radio Communication Protocols • Device Comparison Summarizes the Available Family Members Applications Wireless Analog and Digital Sensor Systems Heat Cost Allocators Thermostats • • AMR and AMI Meters Smart Grid Wireless Networks 1 An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications, intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. PRODUCTION DATA. CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 1.3 www.ti.com Description The TI CC430 family of ultra-low-power system-on-chip microcontrollers with integrated RF transceiver cores consists of several devices featuring different sets of peripherals targeted for a wide range of applications. The architecture, combined with seven low-power modes (including LPM3.5 and LMP4.5), is optimized to achieve extended battery life in portable measurement applications. The device features the powerful MSP430 16-bit RISC CPU, 16-bit registers, and constant generators that contribute to maximum code efficiency. The CC430 family provides a tight integration between the microcontroller core, its peripherals, software, and the RF transceiver, making these true system-on-chip solutions easy to use as well as improving performance. The CC430F614x series are microcontroller system-on-chip configurations combining the excellent performance of the state-of-the-art CC1101 sub-1 GHz RF transceiver with the MSP430 CPUXV2, up to 32KB of in-system programmable flash memory, up to 4KB of RAM, two 16-bit timers, a high-performance 10-bit ADC with eight external inputs plus internal temperature and battery sensors, a comparator, USCIs, a 128-bit AES security accelerator, a hardware multiplier, DMA, an RTC module with alarm capabilities, an LCD driver, and up to 44 I/O pins. The CC430F514x and CC430F512x series are microcontroller system-on-chip configurations combining the excellent performance of the state-of-the-art CC1101 sub-1 GHz RF transceiver with the MSP430 CPUXV2, up to 32KB of in-system programmable flash memory, up to 4KB of RAM, two 16-bit timers, a high-performance 10-bit ADC with six external inputs plus internal temperature and battery sensors on CC430F514x devices, a comparator, a USCI, a 128-bit AES security accelerator, a hardware multiplier, DMA, an RTC module with alarm capabilities, and up to 30 I/O pins. For complete module descriptions, see the CC430 Family User's Guide. Device Information (1) PACKAGE BODY SIZE (2) CC430F6147IRGC VQFN (64) 9 mm × 9 mm CC430F5147IRGZ VQFN (48) 7 mm × 7 mm PART NUMBER (1) (2) 2 For the most current part, package, and ordering information, see the Package Option Addendum in Section 9, or see the TI website at www.ti.com. The sizes shown here are approximations. For the package dimensions with tolerances, see the Mechanical Data in Section 9. Device Overview Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com 1.4 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Functional Block Diagrams Figure 1-1 shows the functional block diagram for the CC430F614x devices. XIN XOUT P1.x, P2.x (32 kHz) 2x8 REF MCLK Unified Clock System ACLK Comp_B ADC10 SMCLK DMA Controller 3 Channel Bus Control Logic Voltage Reference incl. REFOUT P3.x, P4.x 2x8 I/O Ports P1, P2 2x8 I/Os I/O Ports P3, P4 2x8 I/Os PA 1x16 I/Os PB 1x16 I/Os P5.x RF_XIN 1x8 I/O Ports P5 1x8 I/Os Digital RSSI Carrier Sense PQI, LQI CCA MDB Sub-1 GHz Radio (CC1101) Flash 32KB 16KB 8KB EEM (S: 3+1) SYS RAM 4KB 2KB Watchdog CRC16 Includes Backup RAM (128B) CPU Interface MPY32 Port Mapping Controller Modem MDB Spy-BiWire Packet Handler MAB CPUXV2 incl. 16 Registers JTAG Interface RF_XOUT (26 MHz) MAB Frequency Synthesizer Power Mgmt LDO SVM, SVS Brownout RTC_D TA0 (Calendar + Counter Mode) 5 CC Registers TA1 3 CC Registers USCI_A0 (UART, IrDA, SPI) USCI_B0 2 (SPI, I C) LCD_B 96 Segments 1,2,3,4 Mux AES128 Security Encryption, Decryption RF, Analog TX and RX LPM3.5 Domain RF_P RF_N Copyright © 2017, Texas Instruments Incorporated NOTE: Edge-selectable interrupt and LPM3.5 and LPM4.5 wake-up input capability is available for ports P1 and P2. Figure 1-1. CC430F614x Functional Block Diagram Device Overview Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 3 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Figure 1-2 shows the functional block diagram for the CC430F514x devices. XIN P1.x, P2.x XOUT (32 kHz) 2x8 REF MCLK Unified Clock System ACLK Comp_B ADC10 SMCLK DMA Controller 3 Channel Bus Control Logic Voltage Reference incl. REFOUT P3.x I/O Ports P3 1x8 I/Os I/O Ports P1, P2 2x8 I/Os RF_XIN P5.x 1x8 I/O Ports P5 1x2 I/Os PA 1x16 I/Os RF_XOUT (26 MHz) 1x2 Packet Handler Digital RSSI Carrier Sense PQI, LQI CCA MAB MDB Sub-1 GHz Radio (CC1101) CPUXV2 incl. 16 Registers Flash 32KB 16KB 8KB EEM (S: 3+1) SYS RAM 4KB 2KB Watchdog Backup RAM (128B) CPU Interface MPY32 CRC16 Includes Port Mapping Controller Modem MDB JTAG Interface MAB Frequency Synthesizer Spy-BiWire Power Mgmt LDO SVM, SVS Brownout RTC_D (Calendar + Counter Mode) TA0 TA1 5 CC Registers 3 CC Registers USCI_A0 (UART, IrDA, SPI) USCI_B0 2 (SPI, I C) AES128 Security Encryption, Decryption RF, Analog TX and RX LPM3.5 Domain RF_P RF_N Copyright © 2017, Texas Instruments Incorporated NOTE: Edge-selectable interrupt and LPM3.5 and LPM4.5 wake-up input capability is available for ports P1 and P2. Figure 1-2. CC430F514x Functional Block Diagram 4 Device Overview Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Figure 1-3 shows the functional block diagram for the CC430F512x devices. XIN P1.x, P2.x XOUT (32 kHz) MCLK Unified Clock System 2x8 REF ACLK Comp_B Voltage Reference SMCLK DMA Controller 3 Channel Bus Control Logic P3.x I/O Ports P3 1x8 I/Os I/O Ports P1, P2 2x8 I/Os RF_XIN P5.x 1x8 1x2 I/O Ports P5 1x2 I/Os PA 1x16 I/Os Digital RSSI Carrier Sense PQI, LQI CCA MDB Sub-1 GHz Radio (CC1101) Flash 32KB 16KB 8KB EEM (S: 3+1) SYS RAM 4KB 2KB Watchdog Backup RAM (128B) CPU Interface MPY32 CRC16 Includes Port Mapping Controller Modem MDB Spy-BiWire Packet Handler MAB CPUXV2 incl. 16 Registers JTAG Interface RF_XOUT (26 MHz) MAB Frequency Synthesizer Power Mgmt LDO SVM, SVS Brownout RTC_D (Calendar + Counter Mode) TA0 TA1 5 CC Registers 3 CC Registers USCI_A0 (UART, IrDA, SPI) USCI B0 2 (SPI, I C) AES128 Security Encryption, Decryption RF, Analog TX and RX LPM3.5 Domain RF_P RF_N Copyright © 2017, Texas Instruments Incorporated NOTE: Edge-selectable interrupt and LPM3.5 and LPM4.5 wake-up input capability is available for ports P1 and P2. Figure 1-3. CC430F512x Functional Block Diagram Device Overview Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 5 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Table of Contents 1 2 3 Device Overview ......................................... 1 5.33 LCD_B Operating Conditions ....................... 39 1.1 Features .............................................. 1 1.2 Applications ........................................... 1 5.34 5.35 1.3 Description ............................................ 2 LCD_B Electrical Characteristics ................... 40 10-Bit ADC, Power Supply and Input Range Conditions ........................................... 41 1.4 Functional Block Diagrams ........................... 3 5.36 10-Bit ADC, Timing Parameters Revision History ......................................... 8 Device Comparison ..................................... 9 5.37 10-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters................... 42 5.38 REF, External Reference Related Products ..................................... 9 5.39 REF, Built-In Reference ............................. 43 Terminal Configuration and Functions ............ 10 5.40 Comparator_B ....................................... 45 Pin Diagrams ........................................ 10 5.41 Flash Memory ....................................... 46 Signal Descriptions .................................. 13 5.42 JTAG and Spy-Bi-Wire Interface .................... 46 Specifications ........................................... 18 5.43 RF1A CC1101-Based Radio Parameters ........... 47 Absolute Maximum Ratings ......................... 18 5.44 RF1A Recommended Operating Conditions ........ 47 ........................................ Recommended Operating Conditions ............... 18 5.45 RF Crystal Oscillator, XT2 18 5.46 Current Consumption, Reduced-Power Modes ..... 47 5.47 Current Consumption, Receive Mode............... 48 5.48 Current Consumption, Transmit Mode .............. 50 5.49 Typical TX Current Consumption, 315 MHz, 25°C 51 5.50 Typical TX Current Consumption, 433 MHz, 25°C 51 3.1 4 4.1 4.2 5 5.1 5.2 ESD Ratings 5.3 5.4 Active Mode Supply Current Into VCC Excluding External Current ..................................... Typical Characteristics – Active Mode Supply Currents ............................................. Low-Power Mode Supply Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External Current.......................... Typical Characteristics – Low-Power Mode Supply Currents ............................................. Low-Power Mode With LCD Supply Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External Current .................... 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 20 23 Thermal Resistance Characteristics, CC430F61xx . 23 5.11 Digital Inputs 5.15 5.16 5.17 PMM, Brownout Reset (BOR)....................... 31 5.20 PMM, Core Voltage ................................. 31 5.21 PMM, SVS High Side ............................... 32 5.22 PMM, SVM High Side ............................... 32 5.23 PMM, SVS Low Side ................................ 33 5.24 5.25 PMM, SVM Low Side ............................... 33 Wake-up Times From Low-Power Modes and Reset ................................................ 33 5.26 Timer_A 5.30 5.31 5.32 5.58 5.59 5.60 Crystal Oscillator, XT1, Low-Frequency Mode ..... 28 Internal Very-Low-Power Low-Frequency Oscillator (VLO) ................................................ 29 Internal Reference, Low-Frequency Oscillator (REFO) .............................................. 29 5.19 5.29 5.56 5.57 25 Typical Characteristics – Outputs, Reduced Drive Strength (PxDS.y = 0) ............................... 26 Typical Characteristics – Outputs, Full Drive Strength (PxDS.y = 1) ............................... 27 DCO Frequency ..................................... 30 5.28 5.55 24 5.18 5.27 5.53 5.54 5.10 5.14 5.52 22 Thermal Resistance Characteristics, CC430F51xx . 23 ........................................ Digital Outputs ...................................... 5.51 21 5.9 5.12 5.13 6 20 ............................................. USCI (UART Mode) Clock Frequency .............. USCI (UART Mode) ................................. USCI (SPI Master Mode) Clock Frequency ......... USCI (SPI Master Mode)............................ USCI (SPI Slave Mode) ............................. USCI (I2C Mode) .................................... Table of Contents 33 34 34 34 34 36 38 5.61 5.62 6 .................... ........................... .......................... . . Typical TX Current Consumption, 868 MHz ........ Typical TX Current Consumption, 915 MHz ........ RF Receive, Overall ................................. RF Receive, 315 MHz............................... RF Receive, 433 MHz............................... RF Receive, 868 MHz and 915 MHz ............... Typical Sensitivity, 315 MHz, Sensitivity Optimized Setting ............................................... Typical Sensitivity, 433 MHz, Sensitivity Optimized Setting ............................................... Typical Sensitivity, 868 MHz, Sensitivity Optimized Setting ............................................... Typical Sensitivity, 915 MHz, Sensitivity Optimized Setting ............................................... 41 42 47 51 51 52 52 52 53 56 56 56 56 RF Transmit ......................................... 57 Optimum PATABLE Settings for Various Output Power Levels and Frequency Bands ............... 58 ................... ................... 5.65 Typical Output Power, 868 MHz ................... 5.66 Typical Output Power, 915 MHz ................... 5.67 Frequency Synthesizer Characteristics ............. 5.68 Typical RSSI_offset Values ......................... Detailed Description ................................... 6.1 Sub-1 GHz Radio ................................... 6.2 CPU ................................................. 6.3 Operating Modes .................................... 6.4 Interrupt Vector Addresses.......................... 6.5 Memory Organization ............................... 6.6 Bootloader (BSL) .................................... 6.7 JTAG Operation ..................................... 6.8 Flash Memory ....................................... 6.9 RAM ................................................. 6.10 Backup RAM ........................................ 5.63 Typical Output Power, 315 MHz 59 5.64 Typical Output Power, 433 MHz 59 59 59 60 61 62 62 63 63 64 65 66 66 67 67 67 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com 6.11 Peripherals 67 8.4 Documentation Support ............................ 115 6.12 Input/Output Diagrams .............................. 87 8.5 8 .......................................... Related Links 106 8.6 Community Resources............................. 117 108 8.7 Trademarks ........................................ 117 108 8.8 112 8.9 112 8.10 ................... Export Control Notice .............................. Glossary............................................ ....................... Applications, Implementation, and Layout ...... 7.1 Application Circuits ................................ Device and Documentation Support .............. 8.1 Getting Started and Next Steps ................... 8.2 Device Nomenclature .............................. 8.3 Tools and Software ................................ 6.13 7 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Device Descriptor Structure 112 114 9 ...................................... Electrostatic Discharge Caution 117 117 117 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information ............................................. 118 Table of Contents Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 117 7 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 2 Revision History NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version. Changes from February 27, 2013 to September 17, 2018 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 8 Page Format and structure changes throughout document including addition of section numbering ........................... 1 Added Section 1.2, Applications .................................................................................................... 1 Added Device Information table .................................................................................................... 2 Added Section 3.1, Related Products ............................................................................................. 9 Added typical conditions statements at the beginning of , Specifications ................................................... 18 Added Section 5.2, ESD Ratings.................................................................................................. 18 Moved Thermal Resistance Characteristics tables ............................................................................. 23 Changed the MIN value of the V(DVCC_BOR_hys) parameter from 60 mV to 50 mV in Section 5.19, PMM, Brownout Reset (BOR) ......................................................................................................................... 31 Updated notes (1) and (2) and added note (3) in Section 5.25,Wake-up Times From Low-Power Modes and Reset ................................................................................................................................. 33 Removed ADC10DIV from the formula for the TYP value in the second row of the tCONVERT parameter in Section 5.36, 10-Bit ADC, Timing Parameters, because ADC10CLK is after division ..................................... 41 For the IAVCC_REF parameter, switched rows for TYP and MAX values (higher values are with Test Condition of CBREFACC = 0) in Section 5.40, Comparator_B .............................................................................. 45 Changed the MAX value of the tEN_CMP parameter with Test Conditions of "CBPWRMD = 10" from 1.5 µs to 100 µs in Section 5.40, Comparator_B ........................................................................................... 45 In Section 5.46, changed Test Conditions "RF crystal oscillator only" and added note ................................... 47 Changed all instances of "bootstrap loader" to "bootloader" throughout document ........................................ 66 Corrected spelling of NMIIFG in Table 6-8, System Module Interrupt Vector Registers ................................... 71 Added Section 8, Device and Documentation Support, and moved Device Nomenclature, ESD Caution, and Trademarks sections to it ......................................................................................................... 112 Added Section 9, Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information ..................................................... 118 Revision History Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 3 Device Comparison Table 3-1 summarizes the available family members. Table 3-1. Family Members USCI CHANNEL A: UART, LIN, IrDA, SPI CHANNEL B: SPI, I2C 96 seg 1 5, 3 96 seg 2 5, 3 32 4 CC430F5145 16 CC430F5143 8 DEVICE PROGRAM (KB) SRAM (KB) ADC10_A CHANNELS COMP_B CHANNELS I/O PACKAGE CC430F6147 32 4 5, 3 1 8 ext, 4 int 8 44 64 RGC CC430F6145 16 2 1 1 8 ext, 4 int 8 44 64 RGC CC430F6143 8 96 seg 1 1 8 ext, 4 int 8 44 64 RGC CC430F5147 5, 3 N/A (2) 1 1 6 ext, 4 int 6 30 48 RGZ 2 5, 3 N/A 1 1 6 ext, 4 int 6 30 48 RGZ 2 5, 3 N/A 1 1 6 ext, 4 int 6 30 48 RGZ (2) 6 30 48 RGZ 6 30 48 RGZ Timer_A (1) LCD_B CC430F5125 16 2 5, 3 N/A 1 1 CC430F5123 8 2 5, 3 N/A 1 1 (1) (2) 3.1 N/A N/A Each number in the sequence represents an instantiation of Timer_A with its associated number of capture/compare registers and PWM output generators available. For example, a number sequence of 5, 3 represents two instantiations of Timer_A, the first instantiation having 5 capture/compare registers and PWM output generators, and the second instantiation having 3 capture/compare registers and PWM output generators, respectively. N/A = not available Related Products For information about other devices in this family of products or related products, see the following links. Products for TI Microcontrollers TI's low-power and high-performance MCUs, with wired and wireless connectivity options, are optimized for a broad range of applications. Products for MSP430 Ultra-Low-Power Microcontrollers One platform. One ecosystem. Endless possibilities. Enabling the connected world with innovations in ultra-low-power microcontrollers with advanced peripherals for precise sensing and measurement. Companion Products for CC430F6147 Review products that are frequently purchased or used in conjunction with this product. Reference Designs for CC430F6147 TI Designs Reference Design Library is a robust reference design library that spans analog, embedded processor, and connectivity. Created by TI experts to help you jump start your system design, all TI Designs include schematic or block diagrams, BOMs, and design files to speed your time to market. Search and download designs at ti.com/tidesigns. Device Comparison Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 9 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 4 Terminal Configuration and Functions 4.1 Pin Diagrams PJ.3/TCK TEST/SBWTCK RST/NMI/SBWTDIO DVCC AVSS P5.1/XOUT P5.0/XIN AVCC P2.6/PM_ACLK/CB6/A6 P2.7/PM_ADC10CLK/PM_DMAE0/CB7/A7 P2.5/PM_SVMOUT/CB5/A5/VREF+/VeREF+ P2.4/PM_RTCCLK/CB4/A4/VeREF- P2.3/PM_TA1CCR2A/CB3/A3 P2.1/PM_TA1CCR0A/CB1/A1 P2.2/PM_TA1CCR1A/CB2/A2 P2.0/PM_CBOUT1/PM_TA1CLK/CB0/A0 Figure 4-1 shows the pinout for the CC430F614x devices in the RGC package. 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 1 PJ.2/TMS P1.6/PM_UCA0TXD/PM_UCA0SIMO/R13/LCDREF 2 47 PJ.1/TDI/TCLK P1.5/PM_UCA0RXD/PM_UCA0SOMI/R23 3 46 PJ.0/TDO LCDCAP/R33 4 45 GUARD R_BIAS P1.7/PM_UCA0CLK/PM_UCB0STE/R03 5 44 6 43 AVCC_RF P5.6/COM2/S25 7 42 AVCC_RF P5.5/COM3/S24 8 41 P5.4/S23 9 40 RF_N RF_P VCORE 10 39 AVCC_RF DVCC 11 38 AVCC_RF P1.4/PM_UCB0CLK/PM_UCA0STE/S22 12 37 RF_XOUT P1.3/PM_UCB0SIMO/PM_UCB0SDA/S21 13 36 RF_XIN P1.2/PM_UCB0SOMI/PM_UCB0SCL/S20 14 35 P5.2/S0 P1.1/PM_RFGDO2/S19 15 34 P5.3/S1 P1.0/PM_RFGDO0/S18 16 33 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 P4.0/S2 P4.2/S4 P4.3/S5 P4.4/S6 P4.5/S7 P4.6/S8 DVCC P4.7/S9 P3.0/PM_CBOUT0/PM_TA0CLK/S10 P3.1/PM_TA0CCR0A/S11 P3.2/PM_TA0CCR1A/S12 P3.3/PM_TA0CCR2A/S13 P3.4/PM_TA0CCR3A/S14 P3.5/PM_TA0CCR4A/S15 P3.7/PM_SMCLK/S17 P3.6/PM_RFGDO1/S16 CC430F614x P4.1/S3 COM0 P5.7/COM1/S26 VSS Exposed die attached pad CAUTION: LCDCAP/R33 must be connected to VSS if not used. NOTE: The secondary digital functions on ports P1, P2, and P3 are fully mappable. Pinout shows only the default mapping. See Table 6-6 for details. Figure 4-1. 64-Pin RGC Package (Top View), CC430F614x 10 Terminal Configuration and Functions Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 PJ.2/TMS TEST/SBWTCK PJ.3/TCK RST/NMI/SBWTDIO AVSS DVCC P5.0/XIN P5.1/XOUT P2.5/PM_SVMOUT/CB5/A5/VREF+/VeREF+ AVCC P2.3/PM_TA1CCR2A/CB3/A3 P2.4/PM_RTCCLK/CB4/A4/VeREF- Figure 4-2 shows the pinout for the CC430F514x devices in the RGZ package. 1 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 P2.1/PM_TA1CCR0A/CB1/A1 2 35 PJ.0/TDO P2.0/PM_CBOUT1/PM_TA1CLK/CB0/A0 3 34 GUARD P1.7/PM_UCA0CLK/PM_UCB0STE 4 33 R_BIAS 48 47 46 45 P2.2/PM_TA1CCR1A/CB2/A2 PJ.1/TDI/TCLK P1.6/PM_UCA0TXD/PM_UCA0SIMO 5 32 AVCC_RF P1.5/PM_UCA0RXD/PM_UCA0SOMI 6 31 AVCC_RF VCORE 7 30 RF_N DVCC 8 29 RF_P P1.4/PM_UCB0CLK/PM_UCA0STE 9 28 AVCC_RF P1.3/PM_UCB0SIMO/PM_UCB0SDA 10 27 AVCC_RF P1.2/PM_UCB0SOMI/PM_UCB0SCL 11 26 RF_XOUT P2.6/PM_ACLK DVCC P2.7/PM_ADC10CLK/PM_DMAE0 P3.1/PM_TA0CCR0A P3.0/PM_CBOUT0/PM_TA0CLK P3.2/PM_TA0CCR1A P3.4/PM_TA0CCR3A 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 P3.3/PM_TA0CCR2A P3.6/PM_RFGDO1 P3.5/PM_TA0CCR4A P3.7/PM_SMCLK 12 13 14 15 16 P1.0/PM_RFGDO0 P1.1/PM_RFGDO2 CC430F514x RF_XIN VSS Exposed die attached pad NOTE: The secondary digital functions on ports P1, P2, and P3 are fully mappable. Pinout shows only the default mapping. See Table 6-6 for details. Figure 4-2. 48-Pin RGZ Package (Top View), CC430F514x Terminal Configuration and Functions Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 11 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com PJ.3/TCK PJ.2/TMS TEST/SBWTCK RST/NMI/SBWTDIO AVSS DVCC P5.0/XIN 1 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 48 47 46 45 P2.2/PM_TA1CCR1A/CB2 P5.1/XOUT AVCC P2.5/PM_SVMOUT/CB5 P2.4/PM_RTCCLK/CB4 P2.3/PM_TA1CCR2A/CB3 Figure 4-3 shows the pinout for the CC430F512x devices in the RGZ package. PJ.1/TDI/TCLK P2.1/PM_TA1CCR0A/CB1 2 35 PJ.0/TDO P2.0/PM_CBOUT1/PM_TA1CLK/CB0 3 34 GUARD P1.7/PM_UCA0CLK/PM_UCB0STE 4 33 R_BIAS P1.6/PM_UCA0TXD/PM_UCA0SIMO 5 32 AVCC_RF P1.5/PM_UCA0RXD/PM_UCA0SOMI 6 31 AVCC_RF VCORE 7 30 RF_N DVCC 8 29 RF_P CC430F512x P1.4/PM_UCB0CLK/PM_UCA0STE 9 28 AVCC_RF P1.3/PM_UCB0SIMO/PM_UCB0SDA 10 27 AVCC_RF P1.2/PM_UCB0SOMI/PM_UCB0SCL 11 26 RF_XOUT P2.6/PM_ACLK P2.7/PM_DMAE0 DVCC P3.0/PM_CBOUT0/PM_TA0CLK P3.1/PM_TA0CCR0A P3.2/PM_TA0CCR1A P3.4/PM_TA0CCR3A 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 P3.3/PM_TA0CCR2A P3.5/PM_TA0CCR4A P3.7/PM_SMCLK P3.6/PM_RFGDO1 P1.0/PM_RFGDO0 P1.1/PM_RFGDO2 12 13 14 15 16 RF_XIN VSS Exposed die attached pad NOTE: The secondary digital functions on ports P1, P2, and P3 are fully mappable. Pinout shows only the default mapping. See Table 6-6 for details. Figure 4-3. 48-Pin RGZ Package (Top View), CC430F512x 12 Terminal Configuration and Functions Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com 4.2 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Signal Descriptions Table 4-1 describes the signals for the CC430F614x devices. Table 4-1. CC430F614x Terminal Functions TERMINAL NAME NO. I/O (1) DESCRIPTION P1.7/ PM_UCA0CLK/ PM_UCB0STE/ R03 1 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: USCI_A0 clock input/output; USCI_B0 SPI slave transmit enable Input/output port of lowest analog LCD voltage (V5) P1.6/ PM_UCA0TXD/ PM_UCA0SIMO/ R13/ LCDREF 2 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: USCI_A0 UART transmit data; USCI_A0 SPI slave in master out Input/output port of third most positive analog LCD voltage (V3 or V4) External reference voltage input for regulated LCD voltage P1.5/ PM_UCA0RXD/ PM_UCA0SOMI/ R23 3 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: USCI_A0 UART receive data; USCI_A0 SPI slave out master in Input/output port of second most positive analog LCD voltage (V2) LCDCAP/ R33 4 I/O LCD capacitor connection Input/output port of most positive analog LCD voltage (V1) CAUTION: Must be connected to VSS if not used. COM0 5 O LCD common output COM0 for LCD backplane P5.7/ COM1/ S26 6 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD common output COM1 for LCD backplane LCD segment output S26 P5.6/ COM2/ S25 7 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD common output COM2 for LCD backplane LCD segment output S25 P5.5/ COM3/ S24 8 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD common output COM3 for LCD backplane LCD segment output S24 P5.4/ S23 9 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD segment output S23 VCORE 10 Regulated core power supply DVCC 11 Digital power supply P1.4/ PM_UCB0CLK/ PM_UCA0STE/ S22 12 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: USCI_B0 clock input/output; USCI_A0 SPI slave transmit enable LCD segment output S22 P1.3/ PM_UCB0SIMO/ PM_UCB0SDA/ S21 13 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: USCI_B0 SPI slave in master out; USCI_B0 I2C data LCD segment output S21 P1.2/ PM_UCB0SOMI/ PM_UCB0SCL/ S20 14 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: USCI_B0 SPI slave out master in; UCSI_B0 I2C clock LCD segment output S20 P1.1/ PM_RFGDO2/ S19 15 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: Radio GDO2 output LCD segment output S19 P1.0/ PM_RFGDO0/ S18 16 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: Radio GDO0 output LCD segment output S18 P3.7/ PM_SMCLK/ S17 17 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: SMCLK output LCD segment output S17 P3.6/ PM_RFGDO1/ S16 18 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: Radio GDO1 output LCD segment output S16 P3.5/ PM_TA0CCR4A/ S15 19 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA0 CCR4 compare output or capture input LCD segment output S15 (1) I = input, O = output Terminal Configuration and Functions Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 13 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Table 4-1. CC430F614x Terminal Functions (continued) TERMINAL NAME NO. I/O (1) DESCRIPTION P3.4/ PM_TA0CCR3A/ S14 20 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA0 CCR3 compare output or capture input LCD segment output S14 P3.3/ PM_TA0CCR2A/ S13 21 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA0 CCR2 compare output or capture input LCD segment output S13 P3.2/ PM_TA0CCR1A/ S12 22 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA0 CCR1 compare output or capture input LCD segment output S12 P3.1/ PM_TA0CCR0A/ S11 23 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA0 CCR0 compare output or capture input LCD segment output S11 P3.0/ PM_CBOUT0/ PM_TA0CLK/ S10 24 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: Comparator_B output; TA0 clock input LCD segment output S10 DVCC 25 P4.7/ S9 26 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD segment output S9 P4.6/ S8 27 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD segment output S8 P4.5/ S7 28 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD segment output S7 P4.4/ S6 29 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD segment output S6 P4.3/ S5 30 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD segment output S5 P4.2/ S4 31 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD segment output S4 P4.1/ S3 32 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD segment output S3 P4.0/ S2 33 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD segment output S2 P5.3/ S1 34 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD segment output S1 P5.2/ S0 35 I/O General-purpose digital I/O LCD segment output S0 RF_XIN 36 I Input terminal for RF crystal oscillator or external clock input RF_XOUT 37 O Output terminal for RF crystal oscillator AVCC_RF 38 Radio analog power supply AVCC_RF 39 Radio analog power supply RF_P 40 RF I/O Positive RF input to LNA in receive mode Positive RF output from PA in transmit mode RF_N 41 RF I/O Negative RF input to LNA in receive mode Negative RF output from PA in transmit mode AVCC_RF 42 Radio analog power supply AVCC_RF 43 Radio analog power supply RBIAS 44 External bias resistor for radio reference current GUARD 45 Power supply connection for digital noise isolation PJ.0/ TDO 46 I/O General-purpose digital I/O Test data output port PJ.1/ TDI/ TCLK 47 I/O General-purpose digital I/O Test data input or test clock input PJ.2/ TMS 48 I/O General-purpose digital I/O Test mode select 14 Terminal Configuration and Functions Digital power supply Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 4-1. CC430F614x Terminal Functions (continued) TERMINAL NAME NO. I/O (1) DESCRIPTION General-purpose digital I/O Test clock PJ.3/ TCK 49 I/O TEST/ SBWTCK 50 I RST/NMI/ SBWTDIO 51 I/O DVCC 52 Digital power supply AVSS 53 Analog ground supply for ADC10 P5.1/ XOUT 54 I/O General-purpose digital I/O Output terminal of crystal oscillator XT1 P5.0/ XIN 55 I/O General-purpose digital I/O Input terminal for crystal oscillator XT1 AVCC 56 P2.7/ PM_ADC10CLK/ PM_DMAE0/ CB7 (/A7) 57 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: ADC10CLK output; DMA external trigger input Comparator_B input CB7 Analog input A7 for 10-bit ADC P2.6/ PM_ACLK/ CB6 (/A6) 58 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: ACLK output Comparator_B input CB6 Analog input A6 for 10-bit ADC I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: SVM output Comparator_B input CB5 Analog input A5 for 10-bit ADC Output of reference voltage to the ADC Positive terminal for the ADC reference voltage for both sources, the internal reference voltage, or an external applied reference voltage P2.5/ PM_SVMOUT/ CB5 (/A5/ VREF+/ VeREF+) 59 Test mode pin - select digital I/O on JTAG pins Spy-Bi-Wire input clock Reset input active low Nonmaskable interrupt input Spy-Bi-Wire data input/output Analog power supply P2.4/ PM_RTCCLK/ CB4 (/A4/ VeREF-) 60 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: RTCCLK output Comparator_B input CB4 Analog input A4 for 10-bit ADC Negative terminal for the ADC reference voltage for an external applied reference voltage P2.3/ PM_TA1CCR2A/ CB3 (/A3) 61 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA1 CCR2 compare output or capture input Comparator_B input CB3 Analog input A3 for 10-bit ADC I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA1 CCR1 compare output or capture input Comparator_B input CB2 Analog input A2 for 10-bit ADC I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA1 CCR0 compare output or capture input Comparator_B input CB1 Analog input A1 for 10-bit ADC I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: Comparator_B output; TA1 clock input Comparator_B input CB0 Analog input A0 for 10-bit ADC P2.2/ PM_TA1CCR1A/ CB2 (/A2) P2.1/PM_TA1CCR0A/CB1(/A1) P2.0/ PM_CBOUT1/ PM_TA1CLK/ CB0 (/A0) 62 63 64 VSS - Exposed die attach pad Ground supply CAUTION: The exposed die attach pad must be connected to a solid ground plane as this is the ground connection for the chip. Terminal Configuration and Functions Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 15 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Table 4-2 describes the signals for the CC430F514x and CC430F512x devices. Table 4-2. CC430F514x and CC430F512x Terminal Functions TERMINAL NAME NO. I/O (1) DESCRIPTION P2.2/ PM_TA1CCR1A/ CB2/ (A2) 1 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA1 CCR1 compare output or capture input Comparator_B input CB2 Analog input A2 for 10-bit ADC (only CC430F514x) P2.1/ PM_TA1CCR0A/ CB1/ (A1) 2 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA1 CCR0 compare output or capture input Comparator_B input CB1 Analog input A1 for 10-bit ADC (only CC430F514x) P2.0/ PM_CBOUT1/ PM_TA1CLK/ CB0/ (A0) 3 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: Comparator_B output; TA1 clock input Comparator_B input CB0 Analog input A0 for 10-bit ADC (only CC430F514x) P1.7/ PM_UCA0CLK/ PM_UCA0STE 4 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: USCI_A0 clock input/output; USCI_B0 SPI slave transmit enable P1.6/ PM_UCA0TXD/ PM_UCA0SIMO 5 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: USCI_A0 UART transmit data; USCI_A0 SPI slave in master out P1.5/ PM_UCA0RXD/ PM_UCA0SOMI 6 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: USCI_A0 UART receive data; USCI_A0 SPI slave out master in VCORE 7 Regulated core power supply DVCC 8 Digital power supply P1.4/ PM_UCB0CLK/ PM_UCA0STE 9 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: USCI_B0 clock input/output; USCI_A0 SPI slave transmit enable P1.3/ PM_UCB0SIMO/ PM_UCB0SDA 10 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: USCI_B0 SPI slave in master out; USCI_B0 I2C data P1.2/ PM_UCB0SOMI/ PM_UCB0SCL 11 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: USCI_B0 SPI slave out master in; UCSI_B0 I2C clock P1.1/ PM_RFGDO2 12 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: Radio GDO2 output P1.0/ PM_RFGDO0 13 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: Radio GDO0 output P3.7/ PM_SMCLK 14 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: SMCLK output P3.6/ PM_RFGDO1 15 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: Radio GDO1 output P3.5/ PM_TA0CCR4A 16 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA0 CCR4 compare output or capture input P3.4/ PM_TA0CCR3A 17 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA0 CCR3 compare output or capture input P3.3/ PM_TA0CCR2A 18 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA0 CCR2 compare output or capture input P3.2/ PM_TA0CCR1A 19 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA0 CCR1 compare output or capture input P3.1/ PM_TA0CCR0A 20 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA0 CCR0 compare output or capture input P3.0/ PM_CBOUT0/ PM_TA0CLK 21 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with mappable secondary function Default mapping: Comparator_B output; TA0 clock input DVCC 22 P2.7/ PM_ADC10CLK/ PM_DMAE0 23 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: ADC10CLK output; DMA external trigger input P2.6/ PM_ACLK 24 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: ACLK output RF_XIN 25 I (1) 16 Digital power supply Input terminal for RF crystal oscillator, or external clock input I = input, O = output Terminal Configuration and Functions Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 4-2. CC430F514x and CC430F512x Terminal Functions (continued) TERMINAL NAME NO. I/O (1) RF_XOUT 26 AVCC_RF 27 Radio analog power supply AVCC_RF 28 Radio analog power supply RF_P 29 RF I/O Positive RF input to LNA in receive mode Positive RF output from PA in transmit mode RF_N 30 RF I/O Negative RF input to LNA in receive mode Negative RF output from PA in transmit mode AVCC_RF 31 Radio analog power supply AVCC_RF 32 Radio analog power supply RBIAS 33 External bias resistor for radio reference current GUARD 34 Power supply connection for digital noise isolation PJ.0/ TDO 35 I/O General-purpose digital I/O Test data output port PJ.1/ TDI/ TCLK 36 I/O General-purpose digital I/O Test data input or test clock input PJ.2/ TMS 37 I/O General-purpose digital I/O Test mode select PJ.3/ TCK 38 I/O General-purpose digital I/O Test clock TEST/ SBWTCK 39 I RST/NMI/ SBWTDIO 40 I/O DVCC 41 Digital power supply AVSS 42 Analog ground supply for ADC10 P5.1/ XOUT 43 I/O General-purpose digital I/O Output terminal of crystal oscillator XT1 P5.0/ XIN 44 I/O General-purpose digital I/O Input terminal for crystal oscillator XT1 AVCC 45 Analog power supply 46 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: SVM output Comparator_B input CB5 Analog input A5 for 10-bit ADC (only CC430F514x) Positive terminal for the ADC reference voltage for both sources, the internal reference voltage, or an external applied reference voltage (only CC430F514x) P2.5/ PM_SVMOUT/ CB5/ (A5/ VREF+/VeREF+) O DESCRIPTION Output terminal for RF crystal oscillator Test mode pin - select digital I/O on JTAG pins Spy-Bi-Wire input clock Reset input active low Nonmaskable interrupt input Spy-Bi-Wire data input/output P2.4/ PM_RTCCLK/ CB4/ (A4/ VeREF-) 47 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: RTCCLK output Comparator_B input CB4 Analog input A4 for 10-bit ADC (only CC430F514x) Negative terminal for the ADC reference voltage for an external applied reference voltage (only CC430F514x) P2.3/ PM_TA1CCR2A/ CB3/ (A3) 48 I/O General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function Default mapping: TA1 CCR2 compare output or capture input Comparator_B input CB3 Analog input A3 for 10-bit ADC (only CC430F514x) VSS - Exposed die attach pad Ground supply CAUTION: The exposed die attach pad must be connected to a solid ground plane as this is the ground connection for the chip. Terminal Configuration and Functions Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 17 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5 Specifications All graphs in this section are for typical conditions, unless otherwise noted. Typical (TYP) values are specified at VCC = 3.3 V and TA = 25°C, unless otherwise noted. Absolute Maximum Ratings (1) 5.1 over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted) MIN MAX Voltage applied at DVCC and AVCC pins to VSS –0.3 4.1 V Voltage applied to any pin (excluding VCORE, RF_P, RF_N, and R_BIAS) (2) –0.3 VCC + 0.3 , 4.1 V Maximum V –0.3 2.0 V 10 dBm Voltage applied to VCORE, RF_P, RF_N, and R_BIAS (2) Input RF level at pins RF_P and RF_N Diode current at any device terminal Storage temperature, Tstg (3) –5 ±2 mA 150 °C 95 °C Maximum junction temperature, TJ (1) (2) (3) UNIT Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Recommended Operating Conditions is not implied. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. All voltages referenced to VSS. Higher temperature may be applied during board soldering according to the current JEDEC J-STD-020 specification with peak reflow temperatures not higher than classified on the device label on the shipping boxes or reels. 5.2 ESD Ratings VALUE V(ESD) (1) (2) 5.3 Electrostatic discharge Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001 (1) ±1000 Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101 (2) ±250 Recommended Operating Conditions Supply voltage range applied at all DVCC and PMMCOREVx = 0 AVCC pins (1) (2) during program execution and (default after POR) flash programming with PMM default settings. Radio is not operational with PMMCOREVx = 0, PMMCOREVx = 1 1. (3) Supply voltage range applied at all DVCC and PMMCOREVx = 2 AVCC pins (1) (2) during program execution, flash programming and radio operation with PMM PMMCOREVx = 3 default settings. (3) Supply voltage range applied at all DVCC and AVCC pins (1) (2) during program execution, flash PMMCOREVx = 2, programming and radio operation with SVSHRVLx = SVSHRRRLx = 1 PMMCOREVx = 2, high-side SVS level lowered or SVSHE = 0 (SVSHRVLx = SVSHRRRLx = 1) or high-side SVS disabled (SVSHE = 0). (4) (3) VSS Supply voltage applied at the exposed die attach VSS and AVSS pin TA Operating free-air temperature (1) (2) (3) (4) 18 V JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. Pins listed as ±1000 V may actually have higher performance. JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. Pins listed as ±250 V may actually have higher performance. MIN VCC UNIT NOM MAX 1.8 3.6 2.0 3.6 2.2 3.6 2.4 3.6 2.0 3.6 0 –40 UNIT V V 85 °C TI recommends powering AVCC and DVCC from the same source. A maximum difference of 0.3 V between AVCC and DVCC can be tolerated during power up and operation. The minimum supply voltage is defined by the supervisor SVS levels when it is enabled. See the Section 5.21 threshold parameters for the exact values and further details. Modules may have a different supply voltage range specification. See the specification of the respective module in this data sheet. Lowering the high-side SVS level or disabling the high-side SVS might cause the LDO to operate out of regulation but the core voltage still stays within its limits and is still supervised by the low-side SVS to ensure reliable operation. Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Recommended Operating Conditions (continued) MIN TJ Operating junction temperature Recommended capacitor at VCORE CVCORE CDVCC Reduced capacitor at VCORE Recommended capacitor at DVCC UNIT 85 °C nF 100 4.7 µF 0 8 Processor (MCLK) frequency (5) (see Figure 5-1) PMMCOREVx = 1 PMMCOREVx = 2 0 12 0 16 PMMCOREVx = 3 0 PINT Internal power dissipation PIO I/O power dissipation of I/O pins powered by DVCC PMAX Maximum allowed power dissipation, PMAX > PIO + PINT (5) MAX 470 fSYSTEM ≤ 16 MHz, PMMCOREVx ≤ 2, VCC ≥ 2.2 V PMMCOREVx = 0 (default condition) fSYSTEM NOM –40 MHz 20 VCC × IDVCC W (VCC – VIOH) × IIOH + VIOL × IIOL W (TJ – TA) / θJA W Modules may have a different maximum input clock specification. See the specification of the respective module in this data sheet. System Frequency - MHz 20 3 16 2 2, 3 1 1, 2 1, 2, 3 0, 1 0, 1, 2 0, 1, 2, 3 12 8 0 0 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 3.6 Supply Voltage - V NOTE: The numbers within the fields are the supported PMMCOREVx settings. Figure 5-1. Maximum System Frequency Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 19 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.4 www.ti.com Active Mode Supply Current Into VCC Excluding External Current over recommended operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1) (2) (3) FREQUENCY (fDCO = fMCLK = fSMCLK) PARAMETER IAM, IAM, (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 5.5 Flash RAM (4) (5) EXECUTION MEMORY Flash RAM VCC PMMCOREVx 3V 3V 1 MHz 8 MHz 12 MHz TYP MAX TYP MAX 0 0.23 0.26 1.35 1.60 1 0.25 0.28 2 0.27 3 0 16 MHz TYP MAX TYP MAX 1.55 2.30 2.65 0.30 1.75 2.60 3.45 3.90 0.28 0.32 1.85 0.18 0.20 0.95 2.75 3.65 1 0.20 0.22 1.10 1.60 2 0.21 0.24 1.20 1.80 2.40 3 0.22 0.25 1.30 1.90 2.50 20 MHz TYP UNIT MAX mA 4.55 5.10 1.10 1.85 mA 2.70 3.10 3.60 All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current. The currents are characterized with a Micro Crystal MS1V-T1K crystal with a load capacitance of 12.5 pF. The internal and external load capacitance are chosen to closely match the required 12.5 pF. Characterized with program executing typical data processing. fACLK = 32786 Hz, fDCO = fMCLK = fSMCLK at specified frequency. XTS = CPUOFF = SCG0 = SCG1 = OSCOFF= SMCLKOFF = 0. Active mode supply current when program executes in flash at a nominal supply voltage of 3 V. Active mode supply current when program executes in RAM at a nominal supply voltage of 3 V. Typical Characteristics – Active Mode Supply Currents 5 IAM – Active Mode Supply Current – mA VCC = 3.0 V PMMVCOREx = 3 4 3 PMMVCOREx = 2 2 PMMVCOREx = 1 1 PMMVCOREx = 0 0 0 5 10 15 20 MCLK Frequency – MHz Figure 5-2. Active Mode Supply Current vs MCLK Frequency 20 Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com 5.6 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Low-Power Mode Supply Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External Current over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1) (2) TEMPERATURE (TA) PARAMETER ILPM0,1MHz Low-power mode 0 (3) (4) ILPM2 Low-power mode 2 (5) (4) ILPM3,XT1LF Low-power mode 3, crystal mode (6) (4) (see Figure 5-3) ILPM3,VLO,WDT Low-power mode 3, VLO mode, only WDT enabled (7) (4) VCC PMMCOREVx –40°C 25°C 60°C 85°C UNIT TYP MAX TYP MAX TYP MAX TYP MAX 2.2 V 0 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 3V 3 90 110 90 110 90 110 90 110 2.2 V 0 6.5 11 6.5 11 6.5 11 6.5 11 3V 3 7.5 12 7.5 12 7.5 12 7.5 12 0 1.8 2.0 2.6 3.0 4.0 4.4 5.9 1 1.9 2.1 3.2 4.8 2 2.0 2.2 3.4 5.1 3 2.0 2.2 2.9 3.5 4.8 5.3 7.4 0 0.9 1.1 2.3 2.1 3.7 3.5 5.6 1 1.0 1.2 2.3 3.9 2 1.1 1.3 2.5 4.2 3 1.1 1.3 2.6 2.6 4.5 4.4 7.1 0 0.8 1.0 2.2 2.0 3.6 3.4 5.5 1 0.9 1.1 2.2 3.8 2 1.0 1.2 2.4 4.1 3V 3V µA µA µA ILPM4 Low-power mode 4 (8) (4) (see Figure 5-4) 3 1.0 1.2 2.5 2.5 4.4 4.3 7.0 ILPM3.5 Low-power mode 3.5 (9) (see Figure 5-5) 2.2 V N/A 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.0 1.5 1.2 1.7 3V N/A 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.2 1.7 1.4 1.8 ILPM4.5 Low-power mode 4.5 (10) (see Figure 5-6) 2.2 V N/A 0.2 0.25 0.7 0.4 0.9 0.6 1.1 3V N/A 0.3 0.3 0.8 0.4 0.9 0.7 1.2 3V µA µA µA µA (1) (2) All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current. The currents are characterized with a Micro Crystal MS1V-T1K crystal with a load capacitance of 12.5 pF. The internal and external load capacitance are chosen to closely match the required 12.5 pF. (3) Current for watchdog timer clocked by SMCLK included. ACLK = low-frequency crystal operation (XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0). CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 0, SCG1 = 0, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM0), fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = 0 MHz, fSMCLK = fDCO = 1 MHz (4) Current for brownout and high-side supervisor (SVSH) normal mode included. Low-side supervisor (SVSL) and low-side monitor (SVML) disabled. High-side monitor (SVMH) disabled. RAM retention enabled. (5) Current for watchdog timer clocked by ACLK and RTC clocked by LFXT1 (32768 Hz) included. ACLK = low-frequency crystal operation (XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0). CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 0, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM2), fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = 0 MHz, fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz, DCO setting = 1MHz operation, DCO bias generator enabled. (6) Current for watchdog timer clocked by ACLK and RTC clocked by LFXT1 (32768 Hz) included. ACLK = low-frequency crystal operation (XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0). CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM3), fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz (7) Current for watchdog timer clocked by VLO included. CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM3), fACLK = fVLO, fMCLK = fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz (8) CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1 (LPM4), fDCO = fACLK = fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz (9) Internal regulator disabled. No data retention except Backup RAM. CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1, PMMREGOFF = 1 (LPMx.5), RTC active (Calendar mode) with RTCHOLD = 0 (LPM3.5) and fXT1 = 32768 Hz, fDCO = fACLK = fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz. (10) Internal regulator disabled. No data retention except Backup RAM. CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1, PMMREGOFF = 1 (LPMx.5), RTC disabled with RTCHOLD = 1 (LPM4.5), fDCO = fACLK = fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz. Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 21 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.7 www.ti.com Typical Characteristics – Low-Power Mode Supply Currents 5 5 VCC = 3.0 V 4 ILPM4 - LPM4 Supply Current - µA ILPM3,XT1LF - LPM3 Supply Current - µA VCC = 3.0 V 3 PMMCOREVx = 3 2 PMMCOREVx = 0 1 4 3 2 PMMCOREVx = 3 1 PMMCOREVx = 0 0 0 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 -40 20 40 60 80 TA - Free-Air Temperature - °C Figure 5-4. LPM4 Supply Current vs Temperature 2 2 VCC = 3.0 V ILPM4.5 - LPM4.5 Supply Current - µA ILPM3.5 - LPM3.5 Supply Current - µA 0 TA - Free-Air Temperature - °C Figure 5-3. LPM3 Supply Current vs Temperature VCC = 3.0 V 1.5 1 0.5 0 1.5 1 0.5 0 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 TA - Free-Air Temperature - °C Figure 5-5. LPM3.5 Supply Current vs Temperature 22 -20 Specifications -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 TA - Free-Air Temperature - °C Figure 5-6. LPM4.5 Supply Current vs Temperature Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com 5.8 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Low-Power Mode With LCD Supply Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External Current over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1) (2) TEMPERATURE (TA) PARAMETER VCC PMMCOREVx –40°C TYP ILPM3 LCD, int. bias Low-power mode 3 (LPM3) current, LCD 4mux mode, internal biasing, charge pump disabled (3) (4) 3V 2.2 V ILPM3 LCD,CP (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 5.9 Low-power mode 3 (LPM3) current, LCD 4mux mode, internal biasing, charge pump enabled (3) (5) 3V 25°C MAX 60°C TYP MAX TYP 4.0 85°C MAX 7.4 3.1 3.3 4.3 5.8 1 3.2 3.4 4.5 6.2 2 3.3 3.5 4.7 6.5 3 3.3 3.5 4.8 6.7 4.0 1 4.1 2 4.2 0 4.2 1 4.3 2 4.5 3 4.5 4.3 µA 8.9 µA All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current. The currents are characterized with a Micro Crystal MS1V-T1K crystal with a load capacitance of 12.5 pF. The internal and external load capacitance are chosen to closely match the required 12.5 pF. Current for watchdog timer and RTC clocked by ACLK included. ACLK = low-frequency crystal operation (XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0). CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM3), fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz Current for brownout, high-side supervisor (SVSH) normal mode included. Low-side supervisor (SVSL) and low-side monitor (SVML) disabled. High-side monitor (SVMH) disabled. RAM retention enabled. LCDMx = 11 (4-mux mode), LCDREXT = 0, LCDEXTBIAS = 0 (internal biasing), LCD2B = 0 (1/3 bias), LCDCPEN = 0 (charge pump disabled), LCDSSEL = 0, LCDPREx = 101, LCDDIVx = 00011 (fLCD = 32768 Hz / 32 / 4 = 256 Hz) Even segments S0, S2,... = 0, odd segments S1, S3,... = 1. No LCD panel load. LCDMx = 11 (4-mux mode), LCDREXT = 0, LCDEXTBIAS = 0 (internal biasing), LCD2B = 0 (1/3 bias), LCDCPEN = 1 (charge pump enabled), VLCDx = 1000 (VLCD= 3 V, typical), LCDSSEL = 0, LCDPREx = 101, LCDDIVx = 00011 (fLCD = 32768 Hz / 32 / 4 = 256 Hz) Even segments S0, S2,... = 0, odd segments S1, S3,... = 1. No LCD panel load. Thermal Resistance Characteristics, CC430F51xx PACKAGE θJA MAX 0 0 UNIT TYP Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, still air VALUE Low-K board 48 QFN (RGZ) 98°C/W High-K board 48 QFN (RGZ) 28°C/W 5.10 Thermal Resistance Characteristics, CC430F61xx PACKAGE θJA Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, still air VALUE Low-K board 64 QFN (RGC) 83°C/W High-K board 64 QFN (RGC) 26°C/W Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 23 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.11 Digital Inputs over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VIT+ Positive-going input threshold voltage VIT- Negative-going input threshold voltage Vhys Input voltage hysteresis (VIT+ – VIT–) RPull Pullup or pulldown resistor For pullup: VIN = VSS, For pulldown: VIN = VCC CI Input capacitance VIN = VSS or VCC Ilkg(Px.x) High-impedance leakage current See t(int) External interrupt timing (external trigger pulse duration to set interrupt flag) (3) Ports with interrupt capability (see block diagram and terminal function descriptions) (1) (2) (3) 24 VCC MIN 1.8 V 0.80 1.40 3V 1.50 2.10 1.8 V 0.45 1.00 3V 0.75 1.65 1.8 V 0.3 0.8 3V 0.4 1.0 20 TYP 35 MAX 1.8 V, 3 V 20 V V V 50 kΩ ±50 nA 5 (1) (2) UNIT pF ns The leakage current is measured with VSS or VCC applied to the corresponding pins, unless otherwise noted. The leakage of the digital port pins is measured individually. The port pin is selected for input and the pullup or pulldown resistor is disabled. An external signal sets the interrupt flag every time the minimum interrupt pulse duration t(int) is met. It may be set by trigger signals shorter than t(int). Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.12 Digital Outputs over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS I(OHmax) = –1 High-level output voltage, I(OHmax) = –3 reduced drive strength (1) (see I(OHmax) = –2 Figure 5-9 and Figure 5-10) I(OHmax) = –6 VOH I(OLmax) = 1 Low-level output voltage, I(OLmax) = 3 reduced drive strength (1) (see I(OLmax) = 2 Figure 5-7 and Figure 5-8) I(OLmax) = 6 VOL mA, PxDS.y = 0 VCC (2) mA, PxDS.y = 0 (3) mA, PxDS.y = 0 (2) mA, PxDS.y = 0 (3) mA, PxDS.y = 0 VOH mA, PxDS.y = 0 (3) mA, PxDS.y = 0 (2) mA, PxDS.y = 0 (3) I(OHmax) = –10 mA, PxDS.y = 1 (3) I(OHmax) = –5 mA, PxDS.y = 1 I(OLmax) = 3 mA, PxDS.y = 1 (2) Low-level output voltage, full drive strength (see Figure 5-11 and Figure 5-12) I(OLmax) = 10 mA, PxDS.y = 1 (3) I(OLmax) = 5 mA, PxDS.y = 1 Port output frequency (with load) fPort_CLK (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Clock output frequency CL = 20 pF, RL (4) (5) CL = 20 pF (5) 3V 1.8 V 3V 1.8 V (2) I(OLmax) = 15 mA, PxDS.y = 1 (3) fPx.y 1.8 V (2) I(OHmax) = –15 mA, PxDS.y = 1 (3) VOL 3V (2) I(OHmax) = –3 mA, PxDS.y = 1 (2) High-level output voltage, full drive strength (see Figure 5-13 and Figure 5-14) 1.8 V 3V MIN MAX VCC – 0.25 VCC VCC – 0.60 VCC VCC – 0.25 VCC VCC – 0.60 VCC UNIT V VSS VSS + 0.25 VSS VSS + 0.60 VSS VSS + 0.25 V VSS VSS + 0.60 VCC – 0.25 VCC VCC – 0.60 VCC VCC – 0.25 VCC VCC – 0.60 VCC V VSS VSS + 0.25 VSS VSS + 0.60 VSS VSS + 0.25 V VSS VSS + 0.60 VCC = 1.8 V, PMMCOREVx = 0 16 VCC = 3 V, PMMCOREVx = 2 25 VCC = 1.8 V, PMMCOREVx = 0 16 VCC = 3 V, PMMCOREVx = 2 25 MHz MHz Selecting reduced drive strength may reduce EMI. The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined should not exceed ±48 mA to hold the maximum voltage drop specified. The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined should not exceed ±100 mA to hold the maximum voltage drop specified. A resistive divider with 2 × R1 between VCC and VSS is used as load. The output is connected to the center tap of the divider. For full drive strength, R1 = 550 Ω. For reduced drive strength, R1 = 1.6 kΩ. CL = 20 pF is connected to the output to VSS. The output voltage reaches at least 10% and 90% VCC at the specified toggle frequency. Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 25 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.13 Typical Characteristics – Outputs, Reduced Drive Strength (PxDS.y = 0) 8 V CC = 3.0 V P4.3 IOL - Typical Low-Level Output Current - mA IOL - Typical Low-Level Output Current - mA 25 TA = 25°C 20 TA = 85°C 15 10 5 0 V CC = 1.8 V P4.3 7 6 TA = 85°C 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0 3.5 0 0 V CC = 3.0 V P4.3 IOH - Typical High-Level Output Current - mA IOH - Typical High-Level Output Current - mA 0.5 1 1.5 2 V OL - Low-Level Output Voltage - V Figure 5-8. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level Output Voltage V OL - Low-Level Output Voltage - V Figure 5-7. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level Output Voltage -5 -10 -15 TA = 85°C -20 TA = 25°C -25 V CC = 1.8 V P4.3 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 TA = 85°C -6 TA = 25°C -7 -8 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 V OH - High-Level Output Voltage - V Figure 5-9. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level Output Voltage 26 TA = 25°C Specifications 3.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 V OH - High-Level Output Voltage - V Figure 5-10. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level Output Voltage Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.14 Typical Characteristics – Outputs, Full Drive Strength (PxDS.y = 1) 25 V CC = 3.0 V P4.3 TA = 25°C IOL - Typical Low-Level Output Current - mA IOL - Typical Low-Level Output Current - mA 60 50 TA = 85°C 40 30 20 10 0 TA = 25°C 20 TA = 85°C 15 10 5 0 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 V OL - Low-Level Output Voltage - V Figure 5-11. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level Output Voltage V OL - Low-Level Output Voltage - V Figure 5-12. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level Output Voltage 0 0 V CC = 3.0 V P4.3 IOH - Typical High-Level Output Current - mA IOH - Typical High-Level Output Current - mA V CC = 1.8 V P4.3 -10 -20 -30 -40 TA = 85°C -50 TA = 25°C -60 2 V CC = 1.8 V P4.3 -5 -10 -15 TA = 85°C -20 TA = 25°C -25 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 V OH - High-Level Output Voltage - V Figure 5-13. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level Output Voltage 3.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 V OH - High-Level Output Voltage - V Figure 5-14. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level Output Voltage Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 2 27 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.15 Crystal Oscillator, XT1, Low-Frequency Mode (1) over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 1, TA = 25°C ΔIDVCC.LF Differential XT1 oscillator crystal current consumption from lowest drive setting, LF mode fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 2, TA = 25°C 3V 0.170 0.290 32768 XT1 oscillator crystal frequency, LF mode XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0 fXT1,LF,SW XT1 oscillator logic-level squarewave input frequency, LF mode XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 1 (2) (3) OALF Oscillation allowance for LF crystals (4) 10 fFault,LF tSTART,LF 210 XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 1, fXT1,LF = 32768 Hz, CL,eff = 12 pF 300 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) 28 5.5 8.5 XTS = 0, XCAPx = 3 12.0 Oscillator fault frequency, LF mode (7) XTS = 0 (8) fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0, TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 6 pF fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 3, TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 12 pF µA Hz 50 kHz 2 XTS = 0, XCAPx = 2 XTS = 0, Measured at ACLK, fXT1,LF = 32768 Hz UNIT kΩ XTS = 0, XCAPx = 1 Duty cycle, LF mode Start-up time, LF mode 32.768 XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0, fXT1,LF = 32768 Hz, CL,eff = 6 pF XTS = 0, XCAPx = 0 (6) Integrated effective load capacitance, LF mode (5) MAX 0.075 fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 3, TA = 25°C fXT1,LF0 CL,eff TYP pF 30% 70% 10 10000 Hz 1000 3V ms 500 To improve EMI on the XT1 oscillator, the following guidelines should be observed. • Keep the trace between the device and the crystal as short as possible. • Design a good ground plane around the oscillator pins. • Prevent crosstalk from other clock or data lines into oscillator pins XIN and XOUT. • Avoid running PCB traces underneath or adjacent to the XIN and XOUT pins. • Use assembly materials and processes that avoid any parasitic load on the oscillator XIN and XOUT pins. • If conformal coating is used, make sure that it does not induce capacitive or resistive leakage between the oscillator pins. When XT1BYPASS is set, XT1 circuits are automatically powered down. Input signal is a digital square wave with parametrics defined in the Schmitt-trigger Inputs section of this datasheet. Maximum frequency of operation of the entire device cannot be exceeded. Oscillation allowance is based on a safety factor of 5 for recommended crystals. The oscillation allowance is a function of the XT1DRIVEx settings and the effective load. In general, comparable oscillator allowance can be achieved based on the following guidelines, but should be evaluated based on the actual crystal selected for the application: • For XT1DRIVEx = 0, CL,eff ≤ 6 pF • For XT1DRIVEx = 1, 6 pF ≤ CL,eff ≤ 9 pF • For XT1DRIVEx = 2, 6 pF ≤ CL,eff ≤ 10 pF • For XT1DRIVEx = 3, CL,eff ≥ 6 pF Includes parasitic bond and package capacitance (approximately 2 pF per pin). Because the PCB adds additional capacitance, verify the correct load by measuring the ACLK frequency. For a correct setup, the effective load capacitance should always match the specification of the used crystal. Requires external capacitors at both terminals. Values are specified by crystal manufacturers. Frequencies below the MIN specification set the fault flag. Frequencies above the MAX specification do not set the fault flag. Frequencies between the MIN and MAX specifications might set the flag. Measured with logic-level input frequency but also applies to operation with crystals. Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.16 Internal Very-Low-Power Low-Frequency Oscillator (VLO) over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC fVLO VLO frequency Measured at ACLK 1.8 V to 3.6 V dfVLO/dT VLO frequency temperature drift Measured at ACLK (1) 1.8 V to 3.6 V Measured at ACLK (2) 1.8 V to 3.6 V Measured at ACLK 1.8 V to 3.6 V dfVLO/dVCC VLO frequency supply voltage drift Duty cycle (1) (2) MIN TYP MAX 6 9.4 14 0.5 50% kHz %/°C 4 40% UNIT %/V 60% Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40°C to 85°C) – MIN(–40°C to 85°C)) / MIN(–40°C to 85°C) / (85°C – (–40°C)) Calculated using the box method: (MAX(1.8 V to 3.6 V) – MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V)) / MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V) / (3.6 V – 1.8 V) 5.17 Internal Reference, Low-Frequency Oscillator (REFO) over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX IREFO REFO oscillator current consumption TA = 25°C 1.8 V to 3.6 V 3 fREFO REFO frequency calibrated Measured at ACLK 1.8 V to 3.6 V 32768 REFO absolute tolerance calibrated Full temperature range 1.8 V to 3.6 V ±3.5% REFO absolute tolerance calibrated TA = 25°C 3V ±1.5% (1) dfREFO/dT REFO frequency temperature drift Measured at ACLK 1.8 V to 3.6 V 0.01 dfREFO/dVCC REFO frequency supply voltage drift Measured at ACLK (2) 1.8 V to 3.6 V 1.0 Duty cycle Measured at ACLK 1.8 V to 3.6 V REFO start-up time 40%/60% duty cycle 1.8 V to 3.6 V tSTART (1) (2) 40% 50% UNIT µA Hz %/°C %/V 60% 25 µs Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40°C to 85°C) – MIN(–40°C to 85°C)) / MIN(–40°C to 85°C) / (85°C – (–40°C)) Calculated using the box method: (MAX(1.8 V to 3.6 V) – MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V)) / MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V) / (3.6 V – 1.8 V) Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 29 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.18 DCO Frequency over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS (1) MIN TYP MAX UNIT fDCO(0,0) DCO frequency (0, 0) DCORSELx = 0, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 0.07 0.20 MHz fDCO(0,31) DCO frequency (0, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 0, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 0.70 1.70 MHz fDCO(1,0) DCO frequency (1, 0) (1) DCORSELx = 1, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 0.15 0.36 MHz fDCO(1,31) DCO frequency (1, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 1, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 1.47 3.45 MHz (1) fDCO(2,0) DCO frequency (2, 0) DCORSELx = 2, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 0.32 0.75 MHz fDCO(2,31) DCO frequency (2, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 2, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 3.17 7.38 MHz fDCO(3,0) DCO frequency (3, 0) (1) DCORSELx = 3, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 0.64 1.51 MHz (1) fDCO(3,31) DCO frequency (3, 31) DCORSELx = 3, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 6.07 14.0 MHz fDCO(4,0) DCO frequency (4, 0) (1) DCORSELx = 4, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 1.3 3.2 MHz fDCO(4,31) DCO frequency (4, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 4, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 12.3 28.2 MHz (1) fDCO(5,0) DCO frequency (5, 0) DCORSELx = 5, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 2.5 6.0 MHz fDCO(5,31) DCO frequency (5, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 5, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 23.7 54.1 MHz fDCO(6,0) DCO frequency (6, 0) (1) DCORSELx = 6, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 4.6 10.7 MHz fDCO(6,31) DCO frequency (6, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 6, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 39.0 88.0 MHz (1) fDCO(7,0) DCO frequency (7, 0) DCORSELx = 7, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0 8.5 19.6 MHz fDCO(7,31) DCO frequency (7, 31) (1) DCORSELx = 7, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0 60 135 MHz SDCORSEL Frequency step between range DCORSEL and DCORSEL + 1 SRSEL = fDCO(DCORSEL+1,DCO) / fDCO(DCORSEL,DCO) 1.2 2.3 ratio SDCO Frequency step between tap DCO and DCO + 1 SDCO = fDCO(DCORSEL,DCO+1) / fDCO(DCORSEL,DCO) 1.02 1.12 ratio Duty cycle Measured at SMCLK 40% dfDCO/dT DCO frequency temperature drift fDCO = 1 MHz 0.1 %/°C dfDCO/dVCC DCO frequency voltage drift fDCO = 1 MHz 1.9 %/V (1) 50% 60% When selecting the proper DCO frequency range (DCORSELx), the target DCO frequency, fDCO, should be set to reside within the range of fDCO(n, 0),MAX ≤ fDCO ≤ fDCO(n, 31),MIN, where fDCO(n, 0),MAX represents the maximum frequency specified for the DCO frequency, range n, tap 0 (DCOx = 0) and fDCO(n,31),MIN represents the minimum frequency specified for the DCO frequency, range n, tap 31 (DCOx = 31). This ensures that the target DCO frequency resides within the range selected. It should also be noted that if the actual fDCO frequency for the selected range causes the FLL or the application to select tap 0 or 31, the DCO fault flag is set to report that the selected range is at its minimum or maximum tap setting. 100 VCC = 3.0 V TA = 25°C fDCO – MHz 10 DCOx = 31 1 0.1 DCOx = 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DCORSEL Figure 5-15. Typical DCO Frequency 30 Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.19 PMM, Brownout Reset (BOR) over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS V(DVCC_BOR_IT-) BORH on voltage, DVCC falling level | dDVCC/dt | < 3 V/s V(DVCC_BOR_IT+) BORH off voltage, DVCC rising level | dDVCC/dt | < 3 V/s V(DVCC_BOR_hys) BORH hysteresis tRESET Pulse duration required at RST/NMI pin to accept a reset MIN TYP 0.80 1.30 50 MAX UNIT 1.45 V 1.50 V 250 mV 2 µs 5.20 PMM, Core Voltage over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT VCORE3(AM) Core voltage, active mode, PMMCOREV = 3 2.4 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.90 V VCORE2(AM) Core voltage, active mode, PMMCOREV = 2 2.2 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.80 V VCORE1(AM) Core voltage, active mode, PMMCOREV = 1 2 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.60 V VCORE0(AM) Core voltage, active mode, PMMCOREV = 0 1.8 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.40 V VCORE3(LPM) Core voltage, low-current mode, PMMCOREV = 3 2.4 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.93 V VCORE2(LPM) Core voltage, low-current mode, PMMCOREV = 2 2.2 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.90 V VCORE1(LPM) Core voltage, low-current mode, PMMCOREV = 1 2 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.70 V VCORE0(LPM) Core voltage, low-current mode, PMMCOREV = 0 1.8 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V 1.50 V Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 31 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.21 PMM, SVS High Side over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN SVSHE = 0, DVCC = 3.6 V I(SVSH) SVS current consumption V(SVSH_IT+) SVSH on voltage level (1) SVSH off voltage level (1) tpd(SVSH) SVSH propagation delay t(SVSH) SVSH on or off delay time dVDVCC/dt DVCC rise time (1) MAX 0 SVSHE = 1, DVCC = 3.6 V, SVSHFP = 0 1.5 µA SVSHE = 1, SVSHRVL = 0 1.55 1.62 1.69 SVSHE = 1, SVSHRVL = 1 1.75 1.82 1.89 SVSHE = 1, SVSHRVL = 2 1.95 2.02 2.09 SVSHE = 1, SVSHRVL = 3 2.05 2.12 2.19 SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 0 1.60 1.70 1.80 SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 1 1.80 1.90 2.00 SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 2 2.00 2.10 2.20 SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 3 2.10 2.20 2.30 SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 4 2.25 2.35 2.50 SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 5 2.52 2.65 2.78 SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 6 2.85 3.00 3.15 SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 7 2.85 3.00 3.15 SVSHE = 1, dVDVCC/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVSHFP = 1 2.5 SVSHE = 1, dVDVCC/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVSHFP = 0 20 SVSHE = 0 → 1, dVDVCC/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVSHFP = 1 12.5 SVSHE = 0 → 1, dVDVCC/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVSHFP = 0 100 0 UNIT nA 200 SVSHE = 1, DVCC = 3.6 V, SVSHFP = 1 V(SVSH_IT-) TYP V V µs µs 1000 V/s The SVSH settings available depend on the VCORE (PMMCOREVx) setting. See the Power Management Module and Supply Voltage Supervisor chapter in the CC430 Family User's Guide on recommended settings and use. 5.22 PMM, SVM High Side over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN SVMHE = 0, DVCC = 3.6 V I(SVMH) SVMH current consumption SVMH on or off voltage level (1) SVMHE= 1, DVCC = 3.6 V, SVMHFP = 0 SVMH propagation delay t(SVMH) SVMH on or off delay time (1) 32 UNIT nA 200 1.5 µA SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 0 1.60 1.70 1.80 SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 1 1.80 1.90 2.00 SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 2 2.00 2.10 2.20 SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 3 2.10 2.20 2.30 SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 4 2.25 2.35 2.50 SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 5 2.52 2.65 2.78 SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 6 2.85 3.00 3.15 SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 7 2.85 3.00 3.15 SVMHE = 1, SVMHOVPE = 1 tpd(SVMH) MAX 0 SVMHE = 1, DVCC = 3.6 V, SVMHFP = 1 V(SVMH) TYP V 3.75 SVMHE = 1, dVDVCC/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVMHFP = 1 2.5 SVMHE = 1, dVDVCC/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVMHFP = 0 20 SVMHE = 0 → 1, dVDVCC/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVMHFP = 1 12.5 SVMHE = 0 → 1, dVDVCC/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVMHFP = 0 100 µs µs The SVMH settings available depend on the VCORE (PMMCOREVx) setting. See the Power Management Module and Supply Voltage Supervisor chapter in the CC430 Family User's Guide on recommended settings and use. Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.23 PMM, SVS Low Side over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP SVSLE = 0, PMMCOREV = 2 I(SVSL) SVSL current consumption tpd(SVSL) SVSL propagation delay t(SVSL) SVSL on or off delay time MAX 0 SVSLE = 1, PMMCOREV = 2, SVSLFP = 0 200 SVSLE = 1, PMMCOREV = 2, SVSLFP = 1 1.5 SVSLE = 1, dVCORE/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVSLFP = 1 2.5 SVSLE = 1, dVCORE/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVSLFP = 0 20 SVSLE = 0 → 1, dVCORE/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVSLFP = 1 12.5 SVSLE = 0 → 1, dVCORE/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVSLFP = 0 100 UNIT nA µA µs µs 5.24 PMM, SVM Low Side over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP SVMLE = 0, PMMCOREV = 2 I(SVML) SVML current consumption tpd(SVML) SVML propagation delay t(SVML) SVML on or off delay time MAX 0 SVMLE= 1, PMMCOREV = 2, SVMLFP = 0 200 SVMLE= 1, PMMCOREV = 2, SVMLFP = 1 1.5 SVMLE = 1, dVCORE/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVMLFP = 1 2.5 SVMLE = 1, dVCORE/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVMLFP = 0 20 SVMLE = 0 → 1, dVCORE/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVMLFP = 1 12.5 SVMLE = 0 → 1, dVCORE/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVMLFP = 0 100 UNIT nA µA µs µs 5.25 Wake-up Times From Low-Power Modes and Reset over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS tWAKE-UP-FAST PMMCOREV = SVSMLRRL = n Wake-up time from LPM2, LPM3, or (where n = 0, 1, 2, or 3), LPM4 to active mode (1) SVSLFP = 1 tWAKE-UP-SLOW PMMCOREV = SVSMLRRL = n Wake-up time from LPM2, LPM3, or (where n = 0, 1, 2, or 3), LPM4 to active mode (2) (3) SVSLFP = 0 tWAKE-UP-LPM5 tWAKE-UP-RESET (1) (2) (3) (4) MIN TYP MAX fMCLK ≥ 4.0 MHz 5 fMCLK < 4.0 MHz 6 UNIT µs 150 165 µs Wake-up time from LPMx.5 to active mode (4) 2 3 ms Wake-up time from RST or BOR event to active mode (4) 2 3 ms This value represents the time from the wake-up event to the first active edge of MCLK. The wake-up time depends on the performance mode of the low-side supervisor (SVSL) and low-side monitor (SVML). tWAKE-UP-FAST is possible with SVSL and SVML in full performance mode or disabled. For specific register settings, see the Low-Side SVS and SVM Control and Performance Mode Selection section in the Power Management Module and Supply Voltage Supervisor chapter of the CC430 Family User's Guide. This value represents the time from the wake-up event to the first active edge of MCLK. The wake-up time depends on the performance mode of the low-side supervisor (SVSL) and low-side monitor (SVML). tWAKE-UP-SLOW is set with SVSL and SVML in normal mode (low current mode). For specific register settings, see the Low-Side SVS and SVM Control and Performance Mode Selection section in the Power Management Module and Supply Voltage Supervisor chapter of the CC430 Family User's Guide. The wake-up times from LPM0 and LPM1 to AM are not specified. They are proportional to MCLK cycle time but are not affected by the performance mode settings as for LPM2, LPM3, and LPM4. This value represents the time from the wake-up event to the reset vector execution. 5.26 Timer_A over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS fTA Timer_A input clock frequency Internal: SMCLK or ACLK, External: TACLK, Duty cycle = 50% ±10% tTA,cap Timer_A capture timing All capture inputs, minimum pulse duration required for capture VCC 1.8 V, 3 V 1.8 V, 3 V MIN TYP MAX UNIT 25 MHz 20 Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated ns 33 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.27 USCI (UART Mode) Clock Frequency PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN Internal: SMCLK or ACLK. External: UCLK Duty cycle = 50% ±10% fUSCI USCI input clock frequency fBITCLK BITCLK clock frequency (equals baud rate in MBaud) MAX UNIT fSYSTEM MHz 1 MHz UNIT 5.28 USCI (UART Mode) over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER (1) VCC UART receive deglitch time (1) tτ MIN MAX 2.2 V 50 600 3V 50 600 ns Pulses on the UART receive input (UCxRX) shorter than the UART receive deglitch time are suppressed. To ensure that pulses are correctly recognized, their duration should exceed the maximum specification of the deglitch time. 5.29 USCI (SPI Master Mode) Clock Frequency PARAMETER fUSCI TEST CONDITIONS MIN Internal: SMCLK or ACLK. Duty cycle = 50% ±10% USCI input clock frequency MAX UNIT fSYSTEM MHz 5.30 USCI (SPI Master Mode) over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1) (see Figure 5-16 and Figure 5-17) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS PMMCOREVx 0 tSU,MI SOMI input data setup time 3 0 tHD,MI SOMI input data hold time 3 0 tVALID,MO SIMO output data valid time (2) UCLK edge to SIMO valid, CL = 20 pF 3 0 tHD,MO SIMO output data hold time (3) CL = 20 pF 3 (1) (2) (3) 34 VCC MIN 1.8 V 55 3V 38 2.4 V 30 3V 25 1.8 V 0 3V 0 2.4 V 0 3V 0 MAX ns ns 1.8 V 20 3V 18 2.4 V 16 3V 1.8 V UNIT ns 15 –10 3V –8 2.4 V –10 3V –8 ns fUCxCLK = 1/2tLO/HI with tLO/HI ≥ max(tVALID,MO(USCI) + tSU,SI(Slave), tSU,MI(USCI) + tVALID,SO(Slave)) For the slave parameters tSU,SI(Slave) and tVALID,SO(Slave), see the SPI parameters of the attached slave. Specifies the time to drive the next valid data to the SIMO output after the output changing UCLK clock edge. See the timing diagrams in Figure 5-16 and Figure 5-17. Specifies how long data on the SIMO output is valid after the output changing UCLK clock edge. Negative values indicate that the data on the SIMO output can become invalid before the output changing clock edge observed on UCLK. See the timing diagrams in Figure 516 and Figure 5-17. Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 1/fUCxCLK CKPL = 0 UCLK CKPL = 1 tLO/HI tLO/HI tSU,MI tHD,MI SOMI tHD,MO tVALID,MO SIMO Figure 5-16. SPI Master Mode, CKPH = 0 1/fUCxCLK CKPL = 0 UCLK CKPL = 1 tLO/HI tLO/HI tSU,MI tHD,MI SOMI tHD,MO tVALID,MO SIMO Figure 5-17. SPI Master Mode, CKPH = 1 Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 35 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.31 USCI (SPI Slave Mode) over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1) (see Figure 5-18 and Figure 5-19) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS PMMCOREVx 0 tSTE,LEAD STE lead time, STE low to clock 3 0 tSTE,LAG STE lag time, Last clock to STE high 3 0 tSTE,ACC STE access time, STE low to SOMI data out 3 0 STE disable time, STE high to SOMI high impedance tSTE,DIS 3 0 tSU,SI SIMO input data setup time 3 0 tHD,SI SIMO input data hold time 3 0 tVALID,SO SOMI output data valid time (2) UCLK edge to SOMI valid, CL = 20 pF 3 0 tHD,SO SOMI output data hold time (3) CL = 20 pF 3 (1) (2) (3) 36 VCC MIN 1.8 V 11 3V 8 2.4 V 7 3V 6 1.8 V 3 3V 3 2.4 V 3 3V 3 MAX ns ns 1.8 V 66 3V 50 2.4 V 36 3V 30 1.8 V 30 3V 23 2.4 V 16 3V UNIT ns ns 13 1.8 V 5 3V 5 2.4 V 2 3V 2 1.8 V 5 3V 5 2.4 V 5 3V 5 ns ns 1.8 V 76 3V 60 2.4 V 44 3V 40 1.8 V 18 3V 12 2.4 V 10 3V 8 ns ns fUCxCLK = 1/2tLO/HI with tLO/HI ≥ max(tVALID,MO(Master) + tSU,SI(USCI), tSU,MI(Master) + tVALID,SO(USCI)) For the master parameters tSU,MI(Master) and tVALID,MO(Master), see the SPI parameters of the attached master. Specifies the time to drive the next valid data to the SOMI output after the output changing UCLK clock edge. See the timing diagrams in Figure 5-18 and Figure 5-19. Specifies how long data on the SOMI output is valid after the output changing UCLK clock edge. See the timing diagrams in Figure 5-18 and Figure 5-19. Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 tSTE,LEAD tSTE,LAG STE 1/fUCxCLK CKPL = 0 UCLK CKPL = 1 tLO/HI tSU,SI tLO/HI tHD,SI SIMO tHD,SO tVALID,SO tSTE,ACC tSTE,DIS SOMI Figure 5-18. SPI Slave Mode, CKPH = 0 tSTE,LAG tSTE,LEAD STE 1/fUCxCLK CKPL = 0 UCLK CKPL = 1 tLO/HI tLO/HI tHD,SI tSU,SI SIMO tSTE,ACC tHD,MO tVALID,SO tSTE,DIS SOMI Figure 5-19. SPI Slave Mode, CKPH = 1 Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 37 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.32 USCI (I2C Mode) over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (see Figure 5-20) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN Internal: SMCLK or ACLK, External: UCLK, Duty cycle = 50% ±10% MAX UNIT fSYSTEM MHz 400 kHz fUSCI USCI input clock frequency fSCL SCL clock frequency tHD,STA Hold time (repeated) START tSU,STA Setup time for a repeated START tHD,DAT Data hold time 2.2 V, 3 V 0 ns tSU,DAT Data setup time 2.2 V, 3 V 250 ns 2.2 V, 3 V fSCL ≤ 100 kHz fSCL ≤ 100 kHz fSCL ≤ 100 kHz tSP Pulse duration of spikes suppressed by input filter tSU,STA tHD,STA 4.7 µs 0.6 4.0 2.2 V, 3 V fSCL > 100 kHz µs 0.6 2.2 V, 3 V fSCL > 100 kHz Setup time for STOP 4.0 2.2 V, 3 V fSCL > 100 kHz tSU,STO 0 µs 0.6 2.2 V 50 600 3V 50 600 tHD,STA ns tBUF SDA tLOW tHIGH tSP SCL tSU,DAT tSU,STO tHD,DAT Figure 5-20. I2C Mode Timing 38 Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.33 LCD_B Operating Conditions PARAMETER CONDITIONS MIN VCC,LCD_B,CPen,3.6 Supply voltage range, charge pump enabled, VLCD ≤ 3.6 V LCDCPEN = 1, 0000 < VLCDx ≤ 1111 (charge pump enabled, VLCD ≤ 3.6 V) 2.2 3.6 V VCC,LCD_B,CPen,3.3 Supply voltage range, charge pump enabled, VLCD ≤ 3.3 V LCDCPEN = 1, 0000 < VLCDx ≤ 1100 (charge pump enabled, VLCD ≤ 3.3 V) 2.0 3.6 V VCC,LCD_B,int. bias Supply voltage range, internal biasing, charge pump disabled LCDCPEN = 0, VLCDEXT = 0 2.4 3.6 V VCC,LCD_B,ext. Supply voltage range, external biasing, charge pump disabled LCDCPEN = 0, VLCDEXT = 0 2.4 3.6 V VCC,LCD_B,VLCDEXT Supply voltage range, external LCD voltage, internal or external biasing, charge pump disabled LCDCPEN = 0, VLCDEXT = 1 2.0 3.6 V VLCDCAP/R33 External LCD voltage at LCDCAP/R33, internal or external biasing, charge pump disabled LCDCPEN = 0, VLCDEXT = 1 2.4 3.6 V CLCDCAP Capacitor on LCDCAP when charge pump enabled LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx > 0000 (charge pump enabled) 10 µF fFrame LCD frame frequency range fLCD = 2 × mux × fFRAME with mux = 1 (static), 2, 3, 4 100 Hz fACLK,in ACLK input frequency range 40 kHz CPanel Panel capacitance 100-Hz frame frequency VR33 Analog input voltage at R33 LCDCPEN = 0, VLCDEXT = 1 bias NOM 4.7 0 30 32 2.4 MAX UNIT 10000 pF VCC + 0.2 V VR33 V VR23,1/3bias Analog input voltage at R23 LCDREXT = 1, LCDEXTBIAS = 1, LCD2B = 0 VR13 VR03 + 2/3 × (VR33 – VR03) VR13,1/3bias Analog input voltage at R13 with 1/3 biasing LCDREXT = 1, LCDEXTBIAS = 1, LCD2B = 0 VR03 VR03 + 1/3 × (VR33 – VR03) VR23 V VR13,1/2bias Analog input voltage at R13 with 1/2 biasing LCDREXT = 1, LCDEXTBIAS = 1, LCD2B = 1 VR03 VR03 + 1/2 × (VR33 – VR03) VR33 V VR03 Analog input voltage at R03 R0EXT = 1 VSS VLCD – VR03 Voltage difference between VLCD and R03 LCDCPEN = 0, R0EXT = 1 2.4 VLCDREF/R13 External LCD reference voltage applied at LCDREF/R13 VLCDREFx = 01 0.8 V 1.2 VCC + 0.2 V 1.5 V Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 39 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.34 LCD_B Electrical Characteristics over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VLCDx = 0000, VLCDEXT = 0 LCD voltage, with internal reference MIN 2.4 V to 3.6 V TYP 2.59 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0010 2.65 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0011 2.71 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0100 2.78 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0101 2.84 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0111 UNIT 2.91 2 V to 3.6 V 2.97 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1000 3.03 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1001 3.09 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1010 3.15 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1011 3.22 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1100 3.28 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1101 3.34 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1110 MAX VCC LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0001 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0110 VLCD VCC 2.2 V to 3.6 V V 3.40 LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1111 3.46 3.53 ICC,Peak,CP Peak supply currents due to charge pump activities LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1111 2.2 V 200 tLCD,CP,on Time to charge CLCD when discharge CLCDCAP = 4.7 µF, LCDCPEN = 0 → 1, VLCDx = 1111 2.2 V 100 ICP,Load Maximum charge pump load current LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1111 2.2 V RLCD,Seg LCD driver output impedance, segment lines LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1000, ILOAD = ±10 µA 2.2 V 10 kΩ RLCD,COM LCD driver output impedance, common lines LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1000, ILOAD = ±10 µA 2.2 V 10 kΩ 40 Specifications µA 500 50 ms µA Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.35 10-Bit ADC, Power Supply and Input Range Conditions over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC AVCC Analog supply voltage AVCC and DVCC are connected together, AVSS and DVSS are connected together, V(AVSS) = V(DVSS) = 0 V V(Ax) Analog input voltage range (2) All ADC10_A pins: P1.0 to P1.5, P3.6, P3.7 Operating supply current into AVCC terminal, REF module and reference buffer off. fADC10CLK = 5 MHz, ADC10ON = 1, REFON = 0, SHT0 = 0, SHT1 = 0, ADC10DIV = 0, ADC10SREF = 00 Operating supply current into AVCC terminal, REF module on, reference buffer on fADC10CLK = 5 MHz, ADC10ON = 1, REFON = 1, SHT0 = 0, SHT1 = 0, ADC10DIV = 0, ADC10SREF = 01 Operating supply current into AVCC terminal, REF module off, reference buffer on MIN TYP 1.8 MAX 3.6 V AVCC V 2.2 V 70 105 3V 80 115 3V 130 185 fADC10CLK = 5 MHz, ADC10ON = 1, REFON = 0, SHT0 = 0, SHT1 = 0, ADC10DIV = 0, ADC10SREF = 10, VEREF = 2.5 V 3V 120 170 Operating supply current into AVCC terminal, REF module off, reference buffer off fADC10CLK = 5 MHz, ADC10ON = 1, REFON = 0, SHT0 = 0, SHT1 = 0, ADC10DIV = 0, ADC10SREF = 11, VEREF = 2.5 V 3V 85 120 CI Input capacitance Only one terminal Ax can be selected at one time from the pad to the ADC10_A capacitor array including wiring and pad. 2.2 V 3.5 RI Input MUX ON resistance IADC10_A (1) (2) UNIT µA pF AVCC > 2 V, 0 V ≤ VAx ≤ AVCC 36 1.8 V < AVCC < 2 V, 0 V ≤ VAx ≤ AVCC 96 kΩ The leakage current is defined in the leakage current table with P2.x/Ax parameter. The analog input voltage range must be within the selected reference voltage range VR+ to VR- for valid conversion results. The external reference voltage requires decoupling capacitors. See (). 5.36 10-Bit ADC, Timing Parameters over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT For specified performance of ADC10_A linearity parameters 2.2 V, 3 V 0.45 5 5.5 MHz Internal ADC10_A oscillator (1) ADC10DIV = 0, fADC10CLK = fADC10OSC 2.2 V, 3 V 4.2 4.8 5.4 MHz 2.2 V, 3 V 2.4 Conversion time REFON = 0, Internal oscillator, 12 ADC10CLK cycles, 10-bit mode, fADC10OSC = 4 MHz to 5 MHz fADC10CLK fADC10OSC tCONVERT TEST CONDITIONS µs External fADC10CLK from ACLK, MCLK, or SMCLK, ADC10SSEL ≠ 0 tADC10ON tSample (1) (2) (3) Turnon settling time of the ADC Sampling time See 12 × 1 / fADC10CLK (2) RS = 1000 Ω, RI = 96 kΩ, CI = 3.5 pF 3.0 100 (3) RS = 1000 Ω, RI = 36 kΩ, CI = 3.5 pF (3) 1.8 V 3 3V 1 ns µs The ADC10OSC is sourced directly from MODOSC inside the UCS. The condition is that the error in a conversion started after tADC10ON is less than ±0.5 LSB. The reference and input signal are already settled. Approximately 8 Tau (τ) are needed to get an error of less than ±0.5 LSB Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 41 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.37 10-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER MAX UNIT –1.0 +1.0 –1.0 +1.0 Differential linearity error (VEREF+ – VEREF-)min ≤ (VEREF+ – VEREF-), CVEREF+ = 20 pF –1.0 +1.0 LSB Offset error (VEREF+ – VEREF-)min ≤ (VEREF+ – VEREF-), Internal impedance of source RS < 100 Ω, CVEREF+ = 20 pF –1.0 +1.0 LSB –1.0 +1.0 LSB –5 +5 –1.5 +1.5 ED EO Gain error, external reference Gain error, external reference, buffered Gain error, internal reference Total unadjusted error, external reference Total unadjusted error, external reference, buffered Total unadjusted error, internal reference (1) TYP 1.6 V < (VEREF+ – VEREF-)min ≤ VAVCC Integral linearity error ET MIN 1.4 V ≤ (VEREF+ – VEREF-)min ≤ 1.6 V EI EG TEST CONDITIONS (VEREF+ – VEREF-)min ≤ (VEREF+ – VEREF-), CVEREF+ = 20 pF See (1) (VEREF+ – VEREF-)min ≤ (VEREF+ – VEREF-), CVEREF+ = 20 pF See –2.0 ±1.0 +2.0 –5 ±1.0 +5 –1.5 ±1.0 +1.5 LSB %VREF LSB (1) %VREF Dominated by the absolute voltage of the integrated reference voltage. 5.38 REF, External Reference over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC MIN TYP MAX UNIT VEREF+ Positive external reference voltage input VEREF+ > VEREF- (2) 1.4 AVCC V VEREF- Negative external reference voltage input VEREF+ > VEREF- (3) 0 1.2 V VEREF+ – Differential external reference VEREF+ > VEREF- (4) VEREFvoltage input 1.4 AVCC V ±26 µA ±1 µA I(VEREF+), I(VEREF-) Static input current 1.4 V ≤ VEREF+ ≤ V(AVCC), VEREF- = 0 V fADC10CLK = 5 MHz, ADC10SHTx = 0x0001, Conversion rate 200 ksps 2.2 V, 3 V I(VEREF+), I(VEREF-) Static input current 1.4 V ≤ VEREF+ ≤ V(AVCC), VEREF- = 0 V fADC10CLK = 5 MHZ, ADC10SHTX = 0x1000, Conversion rate 20 ksps 2.2 V, 3 V C(VEREF±) Capacitance at VEREF+ or VEREF- terminal See (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 42 (5) ±8.5 10 µF The external reference is used during ADC conversion to charge and discharge the capacitance array. The input capacitance, CI, is also the dynamic load for an external reference during conversion. The dynamic impedance of the reference supply should follow the recommendations on analog-source impedance to allow the charge to settle for 12-bit accuracy. The accuracy limits the minimum positive external reference voltage. Lower reference voltage levels may be applied with reduced accuracy requirements. The accuracy limits the maximum negative external reference voltage. Higher reference voltage levels may be applied with reduced accuracy requirements. The accuracy limits minimum external differential reference voltage. Lower differential reference voltage levels may be applied with reduced accuracy requirements. Connect two decoupling capacitors, 10 µF and 100 nF, to VEREF to decouple the dynamic current required for an external reference source if it is used for the ADC10_A. See also the CC430 Family User's Guide. Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.39 REF, Built-In Reference over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1) PARAMETER VEREF+ Positive built-in reference voltage TEST CONDITIONS AVCC minimum voltage, Positive built-in reference active MIN TYP MAX REFVSEL = {2} for 2.5 V, REFON = REFOUT = 1 3V 2.5 ±1.5% REFVSEL = {1} for 2 V, REFON = REFOUT = 1 3V 2.01 ±1.5% 2.2 V, 3V 1.505 ±1.5% REFVSEL = {0} for 1.5 V, REFON = REFOUT = 1 AVCC(min) VCC REFVSEL = {0} for 1.5 V 1.8 REFVSEL = {1} for 2 V 2.3 REFVSEL = {2} for 2.5 V 2.8 UNIT V V fADC10CLK = 5 MHz, REFON = 1, REFBURST = 0, REFVSEL = {0} for 1.5 V 3V 15.5 19 fADC10CLK = 5 MHz, REFON = 1, REFBURST = 0, REFVSEL = {1} for 2 V 3V 18 24 fADC10CLK = 5 MHz, REFON = 1, REFBURST = 0, REFVSEL = {2} for 2.5 V 3V 21 30 Operating supply current into AVCC terminal with REF output buffer enabled REFON = 1, REFOUT = 1, REFBURST = 0 3V 0.9 1.7 IL(VREF+) Load-current regulation, VREF+ terminal (3) REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}, ILoad,VREF+ = +10 µA or –1000 µA, AVCC = AVCC(min) for each reference level, REFON = REFOUT = 1 CVREF+ Capacitance at VREF+ terminals REFON = REFOUT = 1 TCREF+ Temperature coefficient of built-in reference (4) REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}, REFON = 1 ISENSOR Operating supply current into AVCC terminal (5) REFON = 0, INCH = 0Ah, ADC10ON = NA, TA = 30°C VSENSOR See VMID AVCC divider at channel 11 ADC10ON = 1, INCH = 0Bh, VMID ≈ 0.5 × VAVCC tSENSOR Sample time required if channel 10 is selected (7) ADC10ON = 1, INCH = 0Ah, Error of conversion result ≤ 1 LSB 30 µs Sample time required if channel 11 is selected (8) ADC10ON = 1, INCH = 0Bh, Error of conversion result ≤ 1 LSB 1 µs IREF+ IREF+,REFO UT (sample) tVMID (sample) Operating supply current into AVCC terminal (2) (6) ADC10ON = 1, INCH = 0Ah, TA = 30°C 20 100 pF 30 50 ppm/ °C 2.2 V 150 180 3V 150 190 2.2 V 765 3V 765 1.06 1.1 1.14 3V 1.46 1.5 1.54 120 PSRR_AC AVCC = AVCC(min) to AVCC(max), TA = 25°C, f = 1 kHz, ΔVpp = 100 mV, REFVSEL = (0, 1, 2}, REFON = 1 6.4 (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) µA mV 2.2 V AVCC = AVCC(min) to AVCC(max), TA = 25°C, REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}, REFON = 1 (1) (2) mA 2500 µV/mA PSRR_DC Power supply rejection ratio (DC) Power supply rejection ratio (AC) µA 300 V µV/V mV/V The leakage current is defined in the leakage current table with P2.x/Ax parameter. The internal reference current is supplied from the AVCC terminal. Consumption is independent of the ADC10ON control bit, unless a conversion is active. The REFON bit enables to settle the built-in reference before starting an analog-to-digital conversion. Contribution only due to the reference and buffer including package. This does not include resistance due to PCB trace and other factors. Positive load currents are flowing into the device. Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40°C to 85°C) – MIN(–40°C to 85°C)) / MIN(–40°C to 85°C)/(85°C – (–40°C)). The sensor current ISENSOR is consumed if (ADC10ON = 1 and REFON = 1) or (ADC10ON = 1 and INCH = 0Ah and sample signal is high). When REFON = 1, ISENSOR is already included in IREF+. The temperature sensor offset can be significant. TI recommends a single-point calibration to minimize the offset error of the built-in temperature sensor. The typical equivalent impedance of the sensor is 51 kΩ. The sample time required includes the sensor-on time tSENSOR(on). The on-time tVMID(on) is included in the sampling time tVMID(sample); no additional on time is needed. Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 43 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com REF, Built-In Reference (continued) over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)(1) PARAMETER tSETTLE (9) TEST CONDITIONS AVCC = AVCC(min) to AVCC(max), REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}, REFON = 0 → 1 Settling time of reference voltage (9) TYP MAX TA = –40°C to 85°C VCC MIN 23 125 TA = 25°C 23 50 TA = 85°C 16 25 UNIT µs The condition is that the error in a conversion started after tREFON is less than ±0.5 LSB. 1000 Typical Temperature Sensor Voltage (mV) 950 900 850 800 750 700 650 600 550 500 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient Temperature (°C) Figure 5-21. Typical Temperature Sensor Voltage 44 Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.40 Comparator_B over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER VCC TEST CONDITIONS VCC Supply voltage MIN TYP 1.8 3.6 1.8 V CBPWRMD = 00, CBON = 1, CBRSx = 00 IAVCC_COMP IAVCC_REF Comparator operating supply current into AVCC, Excludes reference resistor ladder Quiescent current of resistor ladder into AVCC, Includes REF module current MAX UNIT V 40 2.2 V 31 50 3V 32 65 CBPWRMD = 01, CBON = 1, CBRSx = 00 2.2 V, 3V 10 17 CBPWRMD = 10, CBON = 1, CBRSx = 00 2.2 V, 3V 0.2 0.85 CBREFACC = 0, CBREFLx = 01, CBRSx = 10, REFON = 0, CBON = 0 2.2 V, 3V 33 40 CBREFACC = 1, CBREFLx = 01, CBRSx = 10, REFON = 0, CBON = 0 2.2 V, 3V 10 17 µA µA VREF Reference voltage level CBREFLx = 01, CBREFACC = 0 ≥1.8 V 1.49 ±1.5% V VREF Reference voltage level CBREFLx = 10, CBREFACC = 0 ≥2.2 V 1.988 ±1.5% V VREF Reference voltage level CBREFLx = 11, CBREFACC = 0 ≥3 V ±1.5% V VIC Common mode input range VOFFSET Input offset voltage CBPWRMD = 00 ±20 mV VOFFSET Input offset voltage CBPWRMD = 01 or 10 ±10 mV CIN Input capacitance 4 kΩ 2.5 0 VCC – 1 5 On (switch closed) 3 pF RSIN Series input resistance CBPWRMD = 00, CBF = 0 450 tPD Propagation delay, response time CBPWRMD = 01, CBF = 0 600 CBPWRMD = 10, CBF = 0 50 tPD,filter tEN_CMP Propagation delay with filter active Comparator enable time tEN_REF Resistor reference enable time TCCB_REF Temperature coefficient reference of VCB_REF VCB_REF Reference voltage for a given tap Off (switch open) 50 MΩ CBPWRMD = 00, CBON = 1, CBF = 1, CBFDLY = 00 0.35 0.6 1.5 CBPWRMD = 00, CBON = 1, CBF = 1, CBFDLY = 01 0.6 1.0 1.8 CBPWRMD = 00, CBON = 1, CBF = 1, CBFDLY = 10 1.0 1.8 3.4 CBPWRMD = 00, CBON = 1, CBF = 1, CBFDLY = 11 1.8 3.4 6.5 1 2 CBON = 0 to CBON = 1, CBPWRMD = 00 or 01 VIN = reference into resistor ladder, n = 0 to 31 µs µs 100 1.0 VIN × VIN × (n + 0.5) (n + 1) / 32 / 32 1.5 µs 50 ppm/ °C VIN × (n + 1.5) / 32 Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated ns µs CBON = 0 to CBON = 1, CBPWRMD = 10 CBON = 0 to CBON = 1 V V 45 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.41 Flash Memory over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TJ DVCC(PGM/ERASE) Program or erase supply voltage MIN TYP 1.8 MAX UNIT 3.6 V IPGM Average supply current from DVCC during program 3 5 mA IERASE Average supply current from DVCC during erase 2 6.5 mA IMERASE, IBANK Average supply current from DVCC during mass erase or bank erase 2 6.5 mA tCPT Cumulative program time (1) 16 104 Program and erase endurance tRetention tWord Data retention duration cycles 100 years 64 85 µs Block program time for first byte or word (2) 49 65 µs tBlock, 1-(N-1) Block program time for each additional byte or word, except for last byte or word (2) 37 49 µs tBlock, Block program time for last byte or word (2) 55 73 µs tErase Erase time for segment erase, mass erase, and bank erase when available (2) 23 32 ms fMCLK,MGR MCLK frequency in marginal read mode (FCTL4.MGR0 = 1 or FCTL4. MGR1 = 1) 0 1 MHz tBlock, (1) (2) Word or byte program time 25°C (2) ms 105 0 N The cumulative program time must not be exceeded when writing to a 128-byte flash block. This parameter applies to all programming methods: individual word or byte write and block write modes. These values are hardwired into the state machine of the flash controller. 5.42 JTAG and Spy-Bi-Wire Interface over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) MAX UNIT fSBW Spy-Bi-Wire input frequency PARAMETER 2.2 V, 3 V 0 20 MHz tSBW,Low Spy-Bi-Wire low clock pulse duration 2.2 V, 3 V 0.025 15 µs 1 µs 15 100 0 5 MHz 10 MHz 80 kΩ tSBW, En Spy-Bi-Wire enable time (TEST high to acceptance of first clock edge) tSBW,Rst Spy-Bi-Wire return to normal operation time fTCK TCK input frequency, 4-wire JTAG (2) Rinternal Internal pulldown resistance on TEST (1) (2) 46 VCC (1) MIN TYP 2.2 V, 3 V 2.2 V 3V 0 2.2 V, 3 V 45 60 µs Tools that access the Spy-Bi-Wire interface must wait for the minimum tSBW,En time after pulling the TEST/SBWTCK pin high before applying the first SBWTCK clock edge. fTCK may be restricted to meet the timing requirements of the module selected. Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.43 RF1A CC1101-Based Radio Parameters 5.44 RF1A Recommended Operating Conditions PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VCC Supply voltage range during radio operation PMMCOREVx Core voltage range, PMMCOREVx setting during radio operation RF range Data rate MIN TYP 2 3 300 MHz range 300 348 400 MHz range 389 (1) 464 800 and 900 MHz range 779 928 2-FSK 0.6 500 2-GFSK, OOK, and ASK 0.6 250 kBaud (Shaped) MSK (also known as differential offset QPSK) (2) 26 500 26 Total tolerance including initial tolerance, crystal loading, aging, and temperature dependency (3) RF crystal load capacitance 27 ±40 10 13 RF crystal effective series resistance (1) (2) (3) UNIT 3.6 RF crystal frequency RF crystal tolerance MAX 2.0 V MHz MHz ppm 20 pF 100 Ω If using a 27-MHz crystal, the lower frequency limit for this band is 392 MHz. If using optional Manchester encoding, the data rate in kbps is half the baud rate. The acceptable crystal tolerance depends on frequency band, channel bandwidth, and spacing. Also see DN005 CC11xx Sensitivity versus Frequency Offset and Crystal Accuracy. 5.45 RF Crystal Oscillator, XT2 TA = 25°C, VCC = 3 V (unless otherwise noted) (1) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN Start-up time (2) Duty cycle (1) (2) 45% TYP MAX UNIT 150 810 µs 50% 55% All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). The start-up time depends to a very large degree on the used crystal. 5.46 Current Consumption, Reduced-Power Modes TA = 25°C, VCC = 3 V (unless otherwise noted) (1) PARAMETER Current consumption (1) (2) (3) TYP MAX UNIT RF crystal oscillator only (2) TEST CONDITIONS MIN 100 µA IDLE state (including RF crystal oscillator) 1.7 FSTXON state (only the frequency synthesizer is running) (3) 9.5 mA All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). To measure the current, follow this sequence: • Enable XT2 with XOSC_FORCE_ON = 1. • Set radio to sleep mode. • Disable XT2 clock requests from any module. This current consumption is also representative of other intermediate states when going from IDLE to RX or TX, including the calibration state. Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 47 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.47 Current Consumption, Receive Mode TA = 25°C, VCC = 3 V (unless otherwise noted) (1) PARAMETER FREQUENCY (MHz) DATA RATE (kBaud) (2) TEST CONDITIONS 1.2 315 38.4 Register settings optimized for reduced current 250 433 38.4 Register settings optimized for reduced current 1.2 868, 915 38.4 250 (1) (2) (3) 48 17 Input at –40 dBm (well above sensitivity limit) 16 Input at –100 dBm (close to sensitivity limit) 17 Input at –40 dBm (well above sensitivity limit) 16 Input at –100 dBm (close to sensitivity limit) 18 Register settings optimized for reduced current (3) MAX UNIT 16.5 Input at –100 dBm (close to sensitivity limit) 18 Input at –40 dBm (well above sensitivity limit) 17 Input at –100 dBm (close to sensitivity limit) 18 Input at –40 dBm (well above sensitivity limit) 17 Input at –100 dBm (close to sensitivity limit) 250 TYP Input at –100 dBm (close to sensitivity limit) Input at –40 dBm (well above sensitivity limit) 1.2 Current consumption, RX MIN mA 18.5 Input at –40 dBm (well above sensitivity limit) 17 Input at –100 dBm (close to sensitivity limit) 16 Input at –40 dBm (well above sensitivity limit) 15 Input at –100 dBm (close to sensitivity limit) 16 Input at –40 dBm (well above sensitivity limit) 15 Input at –100 dBm (close to sensitivity limit) 16 Input at –40 dBm (well above sensitivity limit) 15 All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). Reduced current setting (MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 1) gives a slightly lower current consumption at the cost of a reduction in sensitivity. See Section 5.53 through Section 5.56 for additional details on current consumption and sensitivity. For 868 or 915 MHz, see Figure 5-22 for current consumption with register settings optimized for sensitivity. Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 19 19 TA = 85°C TA = 25°C TA = 25°C TA = -40°C TA = -40°C Radio Current (mA) Radio Current (mA) TA = 85°C 18 17 16 -100 -80 -60 -40 18 17 16 -100 -20 -80 Input Power (dBm) -60 1.2 kBaud GFSK 19 TA = 85°C TA = 85°C TA = 25°C TA = 25°C TA = -40°C TA = -40°C Radio Current (mA) Radio Current (mA) -20 38.4 kBaud GFSK 19 18 17 16 -100 -40 Input Power (dBm) -80 -60 Input Power (dBm) 250 kBaud GFSK -40 -20 18 17 16 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 Input Power (dBm) 500 kBaud MSK Figure 5-22. Typical RX Current Consumption Over Temperature and Input Power Level, 868 MHz, Sensitivity-Optimized Setting Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 49 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.48 Current Consumption, Transmit Mode TA = 25°C, VCC = 3 V (unless otherwise noted) (1) PARAMETER (2) FREQUENCY (MHz) 315 433 Current consumption, TX 868 915 (1) (2) 50 PATABLE SETTING OUTPUT POWER (dBm) 0xC0 maximum 26 0xC4 +10 25 0x51 0 15 MIN TYP 0x29 –6 15 0xC0 maximum 33 0xC6 +10 29 0x50 0 17 0x2D –6 17 0xC0 maximum 36 0xC3 +10 33 0x8D 0 18 0x2D –6 18 0xC0 maximum 35 0xC3 +10 32 0x8D 0 18 0x2D –6 18 MAX UNIT mA All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). Reduced current setting (MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 1) gives a slightly lower current consumption at the cost of a reduction in sensitivity. See Section 5.53 through Section 5.56 for additional details on current consumption and sensitivity. Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.49 Typical TX Current Consumption, 315 MHz, 25°C PARAMETER PATABLE SETTING OUTPUT POWER (dBm) 0xC0 0xC4 Current consumption, TX VCC 2V 3V 3.6 V TA 25°C 25°C 25°C maximum 27.5 26.4 28.1 +10 25.1 25.2 25.3 0x51 0 14.4 14.6 14.7 0x29 –6 14.2 14.7 15.0 VCC 2V 3V 3.6 V TA 25°C 25°C 25°C UNIT mA 5.50 Typical TX Current Consumption, 433 MHz, 25°C PARAMETER PATABLE SETTING OUTPUT POWER (dBm) 0xC0 maximum 33.1 33.4 33.8 0xC6 +10 28.6 28.8 28.8 0x50 0 16.6 16.8 16.9 0x2D –6 16.8 17.5 17.8 Current consumption, TX UNIT mA 5.51 Typical TX Current Consumption, 868 MHz PARAMETER Current consumption, TX PATABLE SETTING OUTPUT POWER (dBm) 0xC0 VCC TA 2V 3V 3.6 V –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C maximum 36.7 35.2 34.2 38.5 35.5 34.9 37.1 35.7 34.7 0xC3 +10 34.0 32.8 32.0 34.2 33.0 32.5 34.3 33.1 32.2 0x8D 0 18.0 17.6 17.5 18.3 17.8 18.1 18.4 18.0 17.7 0x2D –6 17.1 17.0 17.2 17.8 17.8 18.3 18.2 18.1 18.1 UNIT mA 5.52 Typical TX Current Consumption, 915 MHz PARAMETER Current consumption, TX PATABLE SETTING OUTPUT POWER (dBm) 0xC0 0xC3 VCC TA 2V 3V 3.6 V –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C maximum 35.5 33.8 33.2 36.2 34.8 33.6 36.3 35.0 33.8 +10 33.2 32.0 31.0 33.4 32.1 31.2 33.5 32.3 31.3 0x8D 0 17.8 17.4 17.1 18.1 17.6 17.3 18.2 17.8 17.5 0x2D –6 17.0 16.9 16.9 17.7 17.6 17.6 18.1 18.0 18.0 Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated UNIT mA 51 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.53 RF Receive, Overall TA = 25°C, VCC = 3 V (unless otherwise noted) (1) PARAMETER Digital channel filter bandwidth Spurious emissions (3) (4) MIN TYP 58 MAX UNIT 812 kHz 25 MHz to 1 GHz –68 –57 Above 1 GHz –66 –47 Serial operation (5) RX latency (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) TEST CONDITIONS (2) 9 dBm bit All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). User programmable. The bandwidth limits are proportional to crystal frequency (given values assume a 26.0 MHz crystal) Typical radiated spurious emission is –49 dBm measured at the VCO frequency Maximum figure is the ETSI EN 300 220 limit Time from start of reception until data is available on the receiver data output pin is equal to 9 bit. 5.54 RF Receive, 315 MHz TA = 25°C, VCC = 3 V (unless otherwise noted) (1) 2-FSK, 1% packet error rate, 20-byte packet length, Sensitivity optimized, MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 0 (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER Receiver sensitivity (1) (2) (3) (4) DATA RATE (kBaud) TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP 0.6 14.3-kHz deviation, 58-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth –117 1.2 5.2-kHz deviation, 58-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth (2) –111 38.4 20-kHz deviation, 100-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth (3) 250 127-kHz deviation, 540-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth 500 MSK, 812-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth (4) MAX –103 (4) UNIT dBm –95 –86 All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). Sensitivity can be traded for current consumption by setting MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 1. The typical current consumption is then reduced by approximately 2 mA close to the sensitivity limit. The sensitivity is typically reduced to –109 dBm. Sensitivity can be traded for current consumption by setting MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 1. The typical current consumption is then reduced by approximately 2 mA close to the sensitivity limit. The sensitivity is typically reduced to –102 dBm. MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 1 cannot be used for data rates ≥ 250kBaud. 5.55 RF Receive, 433 MHz TA = 25°C, VCC = 3 V (unless otherwise noted) (1) 2-FSK, 1% packet error rate, 20-byte packet length, Sensitivity optimized, MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 0 (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER Receiver sensitivity (1) (2) (3) (4) 52 DATA RATE (kBaud) TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP 0.6 14.3-kHz deviation, 58-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth –114 1.2 5.2-kHz deviation, 58-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth (2) –111 38.4 20-kHz deviation, 100-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth (3) 250 127-kHz deviation, 540-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth 500 MSK, 812-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth (4) (4) –104 MAX UNIT dBm –93 –85 All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). Sensitivity can be traded for current consumption by setting MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 1. The typical current consumption is then reduced by approximately 2 mA close to the sensitivity limit. The sensitivity is typically reduced to –109 dBm. Sensitivity can be traded for current consumption by setting MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 1. The typical current consumption is then reduced by approximately 2 mA close to the sensitivity limit. The sensitivity is typically reduced to –101 dBm. MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 1 cannot be used for data rates ≥ 250kBaud. Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.56 RF Receive, 868 MHz and 915 MHz TA = 25°C, VCC = 3 V (unless otherwise noted) (1) 1% packet error rate, 20-byte packet length, Sensitivity optimized, MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 0 (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT 0.6-kBaud data rate, 2-FSK, 14.3-kHz deviation, 58-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth (unless otherwise noted) Receiver sensitivity –115 dBm 1.2-kBaud data rate, 2-FSK, 5.2-kHz deviation, 58-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth (unless otherwise noted) –109 Receiver sensitivity (2) 2-GFSK modulation by setting MDMCFG2.MOD_FORMAT=2, Gaussian filter with BT = 0.5 Saturation FIFOTHR.CLOSE_IN_RX = 0 (3) Adjacent channel rejection Desired channel 3 dB above the sensitivity limit, 100-kHz channel spacing (4) Image channel rejection IF 152 kHz, desired channel 3 dB above the sensitivity limit Blocking Desired channel 3 dB above the sensitivity limit (5) –109 –28 –100-kHz offset 39 +100-kHz offset 39 29 ±2-MHz offset –48 ±10-MHz offset –40 dBm dBm dB dB dBm 38.4-kBaud data rate, 2-FSK, 20-kHz deviation, 100-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth (unless otherwise noted) –102 Receiver sensitivity (6) 2-GFSK modulation by setting MDMCFG2.MOD_FORMAT = 2, Gaussian filter with BT = 0.5 Saturation FIFOTHR.CLOSE_IN_RX = 0 (3) Adjacent channel rejection Desired channel 3 dB above the sensitivity limit, 200-kHz channel spacing (5) Image channel rejection IF 152 kHz, desired channel 3 dB above the sensitivity limit Desired channel 3 dB above the sensitivity limit (5) Blocking –101 –19 –200-kHz offset 20 +200-kHz offset 25 23 ±2-MHz offset –48 ±10-MHz offset –40 dBm dBm dB dB dBm 250-kBaud data rate, 2-FSK, 127-kHz deviation, 540-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth (unless otherwise noted) –90 Receiver sensitivity (7) Saturation 2-GFSK modulation by setting MDMCFG2.MOD_FORMAT = 2, Gaussian filter with BT = 0.5 –90 FIFOTHR.CLOSE_IN_RX = 0 (3) –19 Adjacent channel rejection Desired channel 3 dB above the sensitivity limit, 750-kHz channel spacing (8) Image channel rejection IF 304 kHz, desired channel 3 dB above the sensitivity limit Desired channel 3 dB above the sensitivity limit (8) Blocking –750-kHz offset 24 +750-kHz offset 30 18 ±2-MHz offset –53 ±10-MHz offset –39 dBm dBm dB dB dBm 500-kBaud data rate, MSK, 812-kHz digital channel filter bandwidth (unless otherwise noted) Receiver sensitivity (7) Image channel rejection IF 355 kHz, desired channel 3 dB above the sensitivity limit Blocking Desired channel 3 dB above the sensitivity limit (9) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) –84 dBm –2 dB ±2-MHz offset –53 ±10-MHz offset –38 dBm All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). Sensitivity can be traded for current consumption by setting MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 1. The typical current consumption is then reduced by approximately 2 mA close to the sensitivity limit. The sensitivity is typically reduced to –107 dBm See DN010 Close-in Reception with CC1101. See Figure 5-23 for blocking performance at other offset frequencies. See Figure 5-24 for blocking performance at other offset frequencies. Sensitivity can be traded for current consumption by setting MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 1. The typical current consumption is then reduced by approximately 2 mA close to the sensitivity limit. The sensitivity is typically reduced to –100dBm. MDMCFG2.DEM_DCFILT_OFF = 1 cannot be used for data rates ≥ 250 kBaud. See Figure 5-25 for blocking performance at other offset frequencies. See Figure 5-26 for blocking performance at other offset frequencies. Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 53 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 60 80 70 50 60 40 Selectivity (dB) Blocking (dB) 50 40 30 20 10 30 20 10 0 0 -10 -20 -10 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 -1 40 Offset (MHz) -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 Offset (MHz) NOTE: 868.3 MHz, 2-FSK, 5.2-kHz deviation, IF is 152.3 kHz, digital channel filter bandwidth is 58 kHz Figure 5-23. Typical Selectivity at 1.2-kBaud Data Rate 50 80 70 40 60 30 Selectivity (dB) Blocking (dB) 50 40 30 20 10 20 10 0 0 -10 -10 -20 -20 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 Offset (MHz) 20 30 40 -1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 Offset (MHz) NOTE: 868 MHz, 2-FSK, 20 kHz deviation, IF is 152.3 kHz, digital channel filter bandwidth is 100 kHz Figure 5-24. Typical Selectivity at 38.4-kBaud Data Rate 54 Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 50 80 70 40 60 30 Selectivity (dB) Blocking (dB) 50 40 30 20 10 20 10 0 0 -10 -10 -20 -20 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 -3 40 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 Offset (MHz) Offset (MHz) NOTE: 868 MHz, 2-FSK, IF is 304 kHz, digital channel filter bandwidth is 540 kHz Figure 5-25. Typical Selectivity at 250-kBaud Data Rate 50 80 70 40 60 30 Selectivity (dB) Blocking (dB) 50 40 30 20 10 20 10 0 0 -10 -10 -20 -20 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 -3 Offset (MHz) -2 -1 0 1 2 3 Offset (MHz) NOTE: 868 MHz, 2-FSK, IF is 355 kHz, digital channel filter bandwidth is 812 kHz Figure 5-26. Typical Selectivity at 500-kBaud Data Rate Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 55 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.57 Typical Sensitivity, 315 MHz, Sensitivity Optimized Setting DATA RATE (kBaud) PARAMETER Sensitivity, 315 MHz VCC TA 2V 3V 3.6 V –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C 1.2 –112 –112 –110 –112 –111 –109 –112 –111 –108 38.4 –105 –105 –104 –105 –103 –102 –105 –104 –102 250 –95 –95 –92 –94 –95 –92 –95 –94 –91 UNIT dBm 5.58 Typical Sensitivity, 433 MHz, Sensitivity Optimized Setting DATA RATE (kBaud) PARAMETER Sensitivity, 433 MHz VCC TA 2V 3V 3.6 V –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C 1.2 –111 –110 –108 –111 –111 –108 –111 –110 –107 38.4 –104 –104 –101 –104 –104 –101 –104 –103 –101 250 –93 –94 –91 –93 –93 –90 –93 –93 –90 UNIT dBm 5.59 Typical Sensitivity, 868 MHz, Sensitivity Optimized Setting DATA RATE (kBaud) PARAMETER Sensitivity, 868 MHz VCC TA 2V 3V 3.6 V –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C 1.2 –109 –109 –107 –109 –109 –106 –109 –108 –106 38.4 –102 –102 –100 –102 –102 –99 –102 –101 –99 250 –90 –90 –88 –89 –90 –87 –89 –90 –87 500 –84 –84 –81 –84 –84 –80 –84 –84 –80 UNIT dBm 5.60 Typical Sensitivity, 915 MHz, Sensitivity Optimized Setting DATA RATE (kBaud) PARAMETER Sensitivity, 915 MHz 56 Specifications VCC TA 2V 3V 3.6 V –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C 1.2 –109 –109 –107 –109 –109 –106 –109 –108 –105 38.4 –102 –102 –100 –102 –102 –99 –103 –102 –99 250 –92 –92 –89 –92 –92 –88 –92 –92 –88 500 –87 –86 –81 –86 –86 –81 –86 –85 –80 UNIT dBm Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.61 RF Transmit TA = 25°C, VCC = 3 V (unless otherwise noted) (1), PTX = +10 dBm (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER FREQ (MHz) TEST CONDITIONS MIN 315 Differential load impedance (2) 116 + j41 868, 915 86.5 + j43 433 868 433 Harmonics, radiated (4) (5) (6) 868 915 315 433 Harmonics, conducted 868 915 315 Spurious emissions, conducted, harmonics not included (8) 868 TX latency (9) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Ω +11 dBm +11 –30 Second harmonic –56 Third harmonic –57 Second harmonic –50 Third harmonic –52 Second harmonic –50 Third harmonic Frequencies below 960 MHz Frequencies above 960 MHz Frequencies below 1 GHz Frequencies above 1 GHz Second harmonic Other harmonics Second harmonic Other harmonics Frequencies below 960 MHz Frequencies above 960 MHz Frequencies above 1 GHz +10 dBm CW +10 dBm CW +10 dBm CW +11 dBm CW (7) +10 dBm CW < –48 –45 < –48 –59 –53 < –47 < –58 < –53 < –54 +10 dBm CW < –54 Frequencies below 1 GHz < –46 Frequencies above 960 MHz Serial operation dBm < –71 < –63 Frequencies below 960 MHz dBm < –38 Frequencies from 47 to 74, 87.5 to 118, 174 to 230, 470 to 862 MHz Frequencies above 1 GHz dBm –54 +10 dBm CW Frequencies from 47 to 74, 87.5 to 118, 174 to 230, 470 to 862 MHz 915 +13 Delivered to a 50-Ω single-ended load through the RF matching network of the CC430 reference design Frequencies below 1 GHz 433 UNIT +12 Delivered to a 50-Ω single-ended load through the RF matching network of the CC430 reference design 915 Output power, lowest setting (3) MAX 122 + j31 433 315 Output power, highest setting (3) TYP dBm < –59 < –56 +11 dBm CW < –49 < –63 8 bits All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). Differential impedance as seen from the RF-port (RF_P and RF_N) towards the antenna. Follow the CC430 reference designs available from the TI website. Output power is programmable, and full range is available in all frequency bands. Output power may be restricted by regulatory limits. See also AN050 Using the CC1101 in the European 868 MHz SRD Band and DN013 Programming Output Power on CC1101, which gives the output power and harmonics when using multilayer inductors. The output power is then typically +10 dBm when operating at 868 or 915 MHz. The antennas used during the radiated measurements (SMAFF-433 from R.W.Badland and Nearson S331 868 or 915) play a part in attenuating the harmonics. Measured on EM430F6137RF900 with CW, maximum output power All harmonics are below –41.2 dBm when operating in the 902- to 928-MHz band. Requirement is –20 dBc under FCC 15.247 All radiated spurious emissions are within the limits of ETSI. Also see DN017 CC11xx 868/915 MHz RF Matching. Time from sampling the data on the transmitter data input pin until it is observed on the RF output ports Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 57 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.62 Optimum PATABLE Settings for Various Output Power Levels and Frequency Bands TA = 25°C, VCC = 3 V (unless otherwise noted) (1) OUTPUT POWER (dBm) (1) 58 PATABLE SETTING 315 MHz 433 MHz 868 MHz 915 MHz –30 0x12 0x05 0x03 0x03 –12 0x33 0x26 0x25 0x25 –6 0x29 0x2D 0x2D 0x2D 0 0x51 0x50 0x8D 0x8D 10 0xC4 0xC4 0xC3 0xC3 maximum 0xC0 0xC0 0xC0 0xC0 All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.63 Typical Output Power, 315 MHz (1) VCC 2V 3V 3.6 V TA 25°C 25°C 25°C 0xC0 (maximum) 11.9 11.8 11.8 0xC4 (10 dBm) 10.3 10.3 10.3 PARAMETER PATABLE SETTING Output power, 315 MHz (1) 0xC6 (default) UNIT 9.3 dBm 0x51 (0 dBm) 0.7 0.6 0.7 0x29 (–6 dBm) –6.8 –5.6 –5.3 All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). 5.64 Typical Output Power, 433 MHz (1) VCC 2V 3V 3.6 V TA 25°C 25°C 25°C 0xC0 (maximum) 12.6 12.6 12.6 0xC4 (10 dBm) 10.3 10.2 10.2 PARAMETER PATABLE SETTING Output power, 433 MHz (1) 0xC6 (default) UNIT 10.0 dBm 0x50 (0 dBm) 0.3 0.3 0.3 0x2D (–6 dBm) –6.4 –5.4 –5.1 All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). 5.65 Typical Output Power, 868 MHz (1) PARAMETER Output power, 868 MHz (1) PATABLE SETTING VCC TA 2V 3V 3.6 V –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C 0xC0 (maximum) 11.9 11.2 10.5 11.9 11.2 10.5 11.9 11.2 10.5 0xC3 (10 Bm) 10.8 10.1 9.4 10.8 10.1 9.4 10.7 10.1 9.4 0x8D (0 dBm) 1.0 0.3 –0.3 1.1 0.3 –0.3 1.1 0.3 –0.3 0x2D (–6 dBm) –6.5 –6.8 –7.3 –5.3 –5.8 –6.3 –4.9 –5.4 –6.0 0xC6 (default) 8.8 UNIT dBm All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). 5.66 Typical Output Power, 915 MHz (1) PARAMETER Output power, 915 MHz (1) PATABLE SETTING VCC TA 2V 3V 3.6 V –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C –40°C 25°C 85°C 0xC0 (maximum) 12.2 11.4 10.6 12.1 11.4 10.7 12.1 11.4 10.7 0xC3 (10 dBm) 11.0 10.3 9.5 11.0 10.3 9.5 11.0 10.3 9.6 0x8D (0 dBm) 1.9 1.0 0.3 1.9 1.0 0.3 1.9 1.1 0.3 0x2D (–6 dBm) –5.5 –6.0 –6.5 –4.3 –4.8 –5.5 –3.9 –4.4 –5.1 0xC6 (default) 8.8 UNIT dBm All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 59 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 5.67 Frequency Synthesizer Characteristics TA = 25°C, VCC = 3 V (unless otherwise noted) (1) MIN figures are given using a 27-MHz crystal. TYP and MAX figures are given using a 26-MHz crystal. PARAMETER Programmed frequency resolution (2) Synthesizer frequency tolerance TEST CONDITIONS 26- to 27-MHz crystal MIN TYP MAX UNIT 397 fXOSC / 216 412 Hz (3) ±40 50-kHz offset from carrier –95 100-kHz offset from carrier –94 200-kHz offset from carrier –94 500-kHz offset from carrier RF carrier phase noise –98 1-MHz offset from carrier –107 2-MHz offset from carrier –112 5-MHz offset from carrier –118 10-MHz offset from carrier PLL turnon and hop time (4) Crystal oscillator running 88.4 µs 9.3 9.6 µs 20.7 21.5 µs 721 µs PLL TX to RX settling time (6) PLL calibration time (7) 694 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 60 dBc/Hz –129 85.1 (5) PLL RX to TX settling time ppm All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). The resolution (in Hz) is equal for all frequency bands. Depends on crystal used. Required accuracy (including temperature and aging) depends on frequency band and channel bandwidth / spacing. Time from leaving the IDLE state until arriving in the RX, FSTXON, or TX state when not performing calibration. Settling time for the 1-IF step from RX to TX Settling time for the 1-IF step from TX to RX Calibration can be initiated manually or automatically before entering or after leaving RX/TX Specifications Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 5.68 Typical RSSI_offset Values TA = 25°C, VCC = 3 V (unless otherwise noted) (1) RSSI_OFFSET (dB) DATA RATE (kBaud) (1) 433 MHz 868 MHz 1.2 74 74 38.4 74 74 250 74 74 500 74 74 All measurement results are obtained using the EM430F6137RF900 with BOM according to tested frequency range (see Table 7-1). 0 0 250kBaud 1.2kBaud -20 38.4kBaud -40 RSSI Readout (dBm) RSSI Readout (dBm) -20 -60 -80 -60 -80 -100 -100 -120 -120 500kBaud -40 -100 -80 -60 -40 Input Power (dBm) -20 0 -120 -120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 Input Power (dBm) Figure 5-27. Typical RSSI Value vs Input Power Level for Different Data Rates at 868 MHz Specifications Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 61 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 6 Detailed Description 6.1 Sub-1 GHz Radio The implemented sub-1 GHz radio module is based on the industry-leading CC1101, requiring very few external components. Figure 6-1 shows a high-level block diagram of the implemented radio. RF_P 0 RF_N Frequency Synthesizer 90 RC OSC BIAS RBIAS XOSC RF_XIN Modulator PA Interface to MCU ADC TX FIFO LNA Packet Handler ADC RX FIFO Demodulator Radio Control RF_XOUT Copyright © 2017, Texas Instruments Incorporated Figure 6-1. Sub-1 GHz Radio Block Diagram The radio features a low-IF receiver. The received RF signal is amplified by a low-noise amplifier (LNA) and down-converted in quadrature to the intermediate frequency (IF). At IF, the I/Q signals are digitized. Automatic gain control (AGC), fine channel filtering, demodulation bit, and packet synchronization are performed digitally. The transmitter part is based on direct synthesis of the RF. The frequency synthesizer includes a completely on-chip LC VCO and a 90° phase shifter for generating the I and Q LO signals to the downconversion mixers in receive mode. The 26-MHz crystal oscillator generates the reference frequency for the synthesizer, as well as clocks for the ADC and the digital part. A memory mapped register interface is used for data access, configuration, and status request by the CPU. The digital baseband includes support for channel configuration, packet handling, and data buffering. For complete module descriptions, see the CC430 Family User's Guide. 62 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com 6.2 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 CPU The MSP430 CPU has a 16-bit RISC architecture that is highly transparent to the application. All operations, other than program-flow instructions, are performed as register operations in conjunction with seven addressing modes for source operand and four addressing modes for destination operand. The CPU is integrated with 16 registers that provide reduced instruction execution time. The register-toregister operation execution time is one cycle of the CPU clock. Four of the registers, R0 to R3, are dedicated as program counter, stack pointer, status register, and constant generator, respectively. The remaining registers are general-purpose registers. Peripherals are connected to the CPU using data, address, and control buses. The peripherals can be managed with all instructions. The instruction set consists of the original 51 instructions with three formats and seven address modes and additional instructions for the expanded address range. Each instruction can operate on word and byte data. 6.3 Operating Modes The CC430 has one active mode and seven software-selectable low-power modes of operation. An interrupt event can wake up the device from any of the low-power modes, service the request, and restore back to the low-power mode on return from the interrupt program. Software can configure the following operating modes: • Active mode (AM) – All clocks are active • Low-power mode 0 (LPM0) – CPU is disabled – ACLK and SMCLK remain active, MCLK is disabled – FLL loop control remains active • Low-power mode 1 (LPM1) – CPU is disabled – FLL loop control is disabled – ACLK and SMCLK remain active, MCLK is disabled • Low-power mode 2 (LPM2) – CPU is disabled – MCLK and FLL loop control and DCOCLK are disabled – DC generator of the DCO remains enabled – ACLK remains active • Low-power mode 3 (LPM3) – CPU is disabled – MCLK, FLL loop control, and DCOCLK are disabled – DC generator of the DCO is disabled – ACLK remains active • • • Low-power mode 4 (LPM4) – CPU is disabled – ACLK is disabled – MCLK, FLL loop control, and DCOCLK are disabled – DC generator of the DCO is disabled – Crystal oscillator is stopped – Complete data retention Low-power mode 3.5 (LPM3.5) – Internal regulator disabled – No data retention except Backup RAM and RTC – RTC enabled and clocked by lowfrequency crystal oscillator XT1 – Wake-up input from RST/NMI, RTC, P1, P2 Low-power mode 4.5 (LPM4.5) – Internal regulator disabled – No data retention except Backup RAM – Wake-up input from RST/NMI, P1, P2 Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 63 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 6.4 www.ti.com Interrupt Vector Addresses The interrupt vectors and the power-up start address are in the address range 0FFFFh–0FF80h (see Table 6-1). The vector contains the 16-bit address of the appropriate interrupt-handler instruction sequence. Table 6-1. Interrupt Sources, Flags, and Vectors INTERRUPT SOURCE INTERRUPT FLAG SYSTEM INTERRUPT WORD ADDRESS PRIORITY System Reset Power-Up External Reset Watchdog Time-out, Password Violation Flash Memory Password Violation WDTIFG, KEYV (SYSRSTIV) (1) (2) Reset 0FFFEh 63, highest System NMI PMM Vacant Memory Access JTAG Mailbox SVMLIFG, SVMHIFG, DLYLIFG, DLYHIFG, VLRLIFG, VLRHIFG, VMAIFG, JMBNIFG, JMBOUTIFG (SYSSNIV) (1) (3) (Non)maskable 0FFFCh 62 User NMI NMI Oscillator Fault Flash Memory Access Violation NMIIFG, OFIFG, ACCVIFG (SYSUNIV) (1) (3) (Non)maskable 0FFFAh 61 Comparator_B Comparator_B Interrupt Flags (CBIV) (1) Maskable 0FFF8h 60 Watchdog Interval Timer Mode WDTIFG Maskable 0FFF6h 59 USCI_A0 Receive or Transmit Maskable 0FFF4h 58 USCI_B0 Receive or Transmit UCB0RXIFG, UCB0TXIFG, I2C Status Interrupt Flags (UCB0IV) (1) Maskable 0FFF2h 57 ADC10_A (Reserved on CC430F512x) ADC10IFG0, ADC10INIFG, ADC10LOIFG, ADC10HIIFG, ADC10TOVIFG, ADC10OVIFG (ADC10IV) (1) Maskable 0FFF0h 56 TA0 TA0CCR0 CCIFG0 Maskable 0FFEEh 55 TA0 TA0CCR1 CCIFG1 ... TA0CCR4 CCIFG4, TA0IFG (TA0IV) (1) Maskable 0FFECh 54 RF1A CC1101-based Radio Radio Interface Interrupt Flags (RF1AIFIV) Radio Core Interrupt Flags (RF1AIV) Maskable 0FFEAh 53 DMA DMA0IFG, DMA1IFG, DMA2IFG (DMAIV) (1) Maskable 0FFE8h 52 TA1 TA1CCR0 CCIFG0 Maskable 0FFE6h 51 TA1 TA1CCR1 CCIFG1 ... TA1CCR2 CCIFG2, TA1IFG (TA1IV) (1) Maskable 0FFE4h 50 I/O Port P1 P1IFG.0 to P1IFG.7 (P1IV) (1) Maskable 0FFE2h 49 I/O Port P2 P2IFG.0 to P2IFG.7 (P2IV) (1) Maskable 0FFE0h 48 LCD_B (Reserved on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) LCD_B Interrupt Flags (LCDBIV) (1) Maskable 0FFDEh 47 RTC_D RTCRDYIFG, RTCTEVIFG, RTCAIFG, RT0PSIFG, RT1PSIFG, RTCOFIFG (RTCIV) (1) Maskable 0FFDCh 46 AES AESRDYIFG Maskable 0FFDAh 45 0FFD8h 44 ⋮ ⋮ 0FF80h 0, lowest Reserved (1) (2) (3) (4) 64 UCA0RXIFG, UCA0TXIFG (UCA0IV) (1) Reserved (4) Multiple source flags A reset is generated if the CPU tries to fetch instructions from within peripheral space. (Non)maskable: the individual interrupt enable bit can disable an interrupt event, but the general interrupt enable cannot disable it. Reserved interrupt vectors at addresses are not used in this device and can be used for regular program code if necessary. To maintain compatibility with other devices, reserve these locations. Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com 6.5 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Memory Organization Table 6-2 summarizes the memory map of the devices. Table 6-2. Memory Organization (1) CC430F6147 CC430F5147 CC430F6145 CC430F5145 CC430F5125 CC430F6143 CC430F5143 CC430F5123 32KB 16KB 8KB Main: interrupt vector 00FFFFh–00FF80h 00FFFFh–00FF80h 00FFFFh–00FF80h Main: code memory 32KB 00FFFFh–008000h 16KB 00FFFFh–00C000h 8KB 00FFFFh–00E000h 4KB 2KB 2KB Sect 1 2KB 002BFFh–002400h not available not available Sect 0 1.875KB 0023FFh–001C80h 1.875KB 0023FFh–001C80h 1.875KB 0023FFh–001C80h 128 B 001C7Fh–001C00h 128 B 001C7Fh–001C00h 128 B 001C7Fh–001C00h 128 B 001AFFh–001A80h 128 B 001AFFh–001A80h 128 B 001AFFh–001A80h 128 B 001A7Fh–001A00h 128 B 001A7Fh–001A00h 128 B 001A7Fh–001A00h Info A 128 B 0019FFh–001980h 128 B 0019FFh–001980h 128 B 0019FFh–001980h Info B 128 B 00197Fh–001900h 128 B 00197Fh–001900h 128 B 00197Fh–001900h Info C 128 B 0018FFh–001880h 128 B 0018FFh–001880h 128 B 0018FFh–001880h Info D 128 B 00187Fh–001800h 128 B 00187Fh–001800h 128 B 00187Fh–001800h BSL 3 512 B 0017FFh–001600h 512 B 0017FFh–001600h 512 B 0017FFh–001600h BSL 2 512 B 0015FFh–001400h 512 B 0015FFh–001400h 512 B 0015FFh–001400h BSL 1 512 B 0013FFh–001200h 512 B 0013FFh–001200h 512 B 0013FFh–001200h BSL 0 512 B 0011FFh–001000h 512 B 0011FFh–001000h 512 B 0011FFh–001000h 4KB 000FFFh–0h 4KB 000FFFh–0h 4KB 000FFFh–0h Main memory (flash) Total Size Bank 0 Total Size RAM Backup RAM (2) Device descriptor Information memory (flash) Bootloader (BSL) memory (flash) Peripherals (1) (2) All memory regions not specified here are vacant memory and any access to them causes a Vacant Memory Interrupt. Content retained in LPM3.5 and LPM4.5. Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 65 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 6.6 www.ti.com Bootloader (BSL) The BSL enables users to program the flash memory or RAM using various serial interfaces. Table 6-3 lists the BSL pin requirements. Access to the device memory through the BSL is protected by an userdefined password. BSL entry requires a specific entry sequence on the RST/NMI/SBWTDIO and TEST/SBWTCK pins. For a complete description of the features of the BSL and its implementation, see the MSP430 Programming With the Bootloader (BSL). Table 6-3. UART BSL Pin Requirements and Functions 6.7 6.7.1 DEVICE SIGNAL BSL FUNCTION RST/NMI/SBWTDIO Entry sequence signal TEST/SBWTCK Entry sequence signal P1.6 Data transmit P1.5 Data receive VCC Power supply VSS Ground supply JTAG Operation JTAG Standard Interface The CC430 family supports the standard JTAG interface which requires four signals for sending and receiving data. The JTAG signals are shared with general-purpose I/O. The TEST/SBWTCK pin is used to enable the JTAG signals. In addition to these signals, the RST/NMI/SBWTDIO is required to interface with MSP430 development tools and device programmers. Table 6-4 lists the JTAG pin requirements. For further details on interfacing to development tools and device programmers, see the MSP430 Hardware Tools User's Guide. For a complete description of the features of the JTAG interface and its implementation, see MSP430 Programming With the JTAG Interface. Table 6-4. JTAG Pin Requirements and Functions 6.7.2 DEVICE SIGNAL DIRECTION FUNCTION PJ.3/TCK IN JTAG clock input PJ.2/TMS IN JTAG state control PJ.1/TDI/TCLK IN JTAG data input, TCLK input PJ.0/TDO OUT JTAG data output TEST/SBWTCK IN Enable JTAG pins RST/NMI/SBWTDIO IN External reset VCC Power supply VSS Ground supply Spy-Bi-Wire Interface In addition to the standard JTAG interface, the CC430 family supports the two wire Spy-Bi-Wire interface. Spy-Bi-Wire can be used to interface with MSP430 development tools and device programmers. Table 6-5 lists the Spy-Bi-Wire interface pin requirements. For further details on interfacing to development tools and device programmers, see the MSP430 Hardware Tools User's Guide. For a complete description of the features of the JTAG interface and its implementation, see MSP430 Programming With the JTAG Interface. 66 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 6-5. Spy-Bi-Wire Pin Requirements and Functions 6.8 DEVICE SIGNAL DIRECTION FUNCTION TEST/SBWTCK IN Spy-Bi-Wire clock input RST/NMI/SBWTDIO IN, OUT Spy-Bi-Wire data input/output VCC Power supply VSS Ground supply Flash Memory The flash memory can be programmed through the JTAG port, Spy-Bi-Wire (SBW), or in-system by the CPU. The CPU can perform single-byte, single-word, and long-word writes to the flash memory. Features of the flash memory include: • Flash memory has n segments of main memory and four segments of information memory (Info A to Info D) of 128 bytes each. Each segment in main memory is 512 bytes in size. • Segments 0 to n may be erased in one step, or each segment may be individually erased. • Segments Info A to Info D can be erased individually, or as a group with the main memory segments. Segments Info A to Info D are also called information memory. • Segment A can be locked separately. 6.9 RAM The RAM is made up of n sectors. Each sector can be completely powered down to save leakage; however all data are lost. Features of the RAM include: • RAM has n sectors of 2k bytes each. • Each sector 0 to n can be complete disabled; however, data retention is lost. • Each sector 0 to n automatically enters low-power retention mode when possible. 6.10 Backup RAM The backup RAM provides 128 bytes of memory that are retained even in LPM3.5 and LPM4.5 when the core is powered down. 6.11 Peripherals Peripherals are connected to the CPU through data, address, and control buses and can be handled using all instructions. For complete module descriptions, see the CC430 Family User's Guide. 6.11.1 Oscillator and System Clock The Unified Clock System (UCS) module includes support for a 32768-Hz watch crystal oscillator, an internal very-low-power low-frequency oscillator (VLO), an internal trimmed low-frequency oscillator (REFO), an integrated internal digitally controlled oscillator (DCO), and a high-frequency crystal oscillator. The UCS module is designed to meet the requirements of both low system cost and low-power consumption. The UCS module features digital frequency locked loop (FLL) hardware that, in conjunction with a digital modulator, stabilizes the DCO frequency to a programmable multiple of the watch crystal frequency. The internal DCO provides a fast turnon clock source and stabilizes in less than 5 µs. The UCS module provides the following clock signals: • Auxiliary clock (ACLK), sourced from a 32768-Hz watch crystal, a high-frequency crystal, the internal low-frequency oscillator (VLO), or the trimmed low-frequency oscillator (REFO). • Main clock (MCLK), the system clock used by the CPU. MCLK can be sourced by same sources made available to ACLK. • Sub-Main clock (SMCLK), the subsystem clock used by the peripheral modules. SMCLK can be sourced by same sources made available to ACLK. • ACLK/n, the buffered output of ACLK, ACLK/2, ACLK/4, ACLK/8, ACLK/16, ACLK/32. Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 67 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 6.11.2 Power-Management Module (PMM) The PMM includes an integrated voltage regulator that supplies the core voltage to the device and contains programmable output levels to provide for power optimization. The PMM also includes supply voltage supervisor (SVS) and supply voltage monitoring (SVM) circuitry, as well as brownout protection. The brownout circuit is implemented to provide the proper internal reset signal to the device during poweron and power-off. The SVS/SVM circuitry detects if the supply voltage drops below a user-selectable level and supports both supply voltage supervision (the device is automatically reset) and supply voltage monitoring (the device is not automatically reset). SVS and SVM circuitry is available on the primary supply and core supply. 6.11.3 Digital I/O Up to five 8-bit I/O ports are implemented: ports P1 through P5. • All individual I/O bits are independently programmable. • Any combination of input, output, and interrupt conditions is possible. • Programmable pullup or pulldown on all ports. • Programmable drive strength on all ports. • Edge-selectable interrupt and LPM3.5 and LPM4.5 wake-up input capability is available for all the eight bits of ports P1 and P2. • Read and write access to port-control registers is supported by all instructions. • Ports can be accessed byte-wise (P1 through P5) or word-wise in pairs (PA and PB). 6.11.4 Port Mapping Controller The port mapping controller allows the flexible and reconfigurable mapping of digital functions to port pins of ports P1 through P3 (see Table 6-6). Table 6-7 lists the default settings for all pins that support port mapping. Table 6-6. Port Mapping Mnemonics and Functions VALUE PxMAPy MNEMONIC INPUT PIN FUNCTION (PxDIR.y = 0) 0 1 (1) PM_NONE None DVSS PM_CBOUT0 – Comparator_B output (on TA0 clock input) PM_TA0CLK TA0 clock input – PM_CBOUT1 – Comparator_B output (on TA1 clock input) PM_TA1CLK TA1 clock input – PM_ACLK None ACLK output 4 PM_MCLK None MCLK output 5 PM_SMCLK None SMCLK output 6 PM_RTCCLK None RTCCLK output PM_ADC10CLK – ADC10CLK output PM_DMAE0 DMA external trigger input – 8 PM_SVMOUT None SVM output 2 (1) 3 7 (1) (1) 68 OUTPUT PIN FUNCTION (PxDIR.y = 1) 9 PM_TA0CCR0A TA0 CCR0 capture input CCI0A TA0 CCR0 compare output Out0 10 PM_TA0CCR1A TA0 CCR1 capture input CCI1A TA0 CCR1 compare output Out1 11 PM_TA0CCR2A TA0 CCR2 capture input CCI2A TA0 CCR2 compare output Out2 12 PM_TA0CCR3A TA0 CCR3 capture input CCI3A TA0 CCR3 compare output Out3 13 PM_TA0CCR4A TA0 CCR4 capture input CCI4A TA0 CCR4 compare output Out4 14 PM_TA1CCR0A TA1 CCR0 capture input CCI0A TA1 CCR0 compare output Out0 15 PM_TA1CCR1A TA1 CCR1 capture input CCI1A TA1 CCR1 compare output Out1 16 PM_TA1CCR2A TA1 CCR2 capture input CCI2A TA1 CCR2 compare output Out2 Input or output function is selected by the corresponding setting in the port direction register PxDIR. Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 6-6. Port Mapping Mnemonics and Functions (continued) VALUE 17 (2) 18 (2) 19 (3) 20 (4) 21 (4) (4) (5) (6) OUTPUT PIN FUNCTION (PxDIR.y = 1) PM_UCA0RXD USCI_A0 UART RXD (direction controlled by USCI – input) PM_UCA0SOMI USCI_A0 SPI slave out master in (direction controlled by USCI) PM_UCA0TXD USCI_A0 UART TXD (direction controlled by USCI – output) PM_UCA0SIMO USCI_A0 SPI slave in master out (direction controlled by USCI) PM_UCA0CLK USCI_A0 clock input/output (direction controlled by USCI) PM_UCB0STE USCI_B0 SPI slave transmit enable (direction controlled by USCI – input) PM_UCB0SOMI USCI_B0 SPI slave out master in (direction controlled by USCI) PM_UCB0SCL USCI_B0 I2C clock (open drain and direction controlled by USCI) PM_UCB0SIMO USCI_B0 SPI slave in master out (direction controlled by USCI) PM_UCB0SDA USCI_B0 I2C data (open drain and direction controlled by USCI) PM_UCB0CLK USCI_B0 clock input/output (direction controlled by USCI) PM_UCA0STE USCI_A0 SPI slave transmit enable (direction controlled by USCI – input) 23 PM_RFGDO0 Radio GDO0 (direction controlled by Radio) 24 PM_RFGDO1 Radio GDO1 (direction controlled by Radio) 25 PM_RFGDO2 26 Reserved None DVSS 27 Reserved None DVSS 28 Reserved None DVSS 29 Reserved None DVSS 30 Reserved None DVSS 31 (0FFh) (6) PM_ANALOG 22 (5) (2) (3) INPUT PIN FUNCTION (PxDIR.y = 0) PxMAPy MNEMONIC Radio GDO2 (direction controlled by Radio) Disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog signals. UART or SPI functionality is determined by the selected USCI mode. UCA0CLK function takes precedence over UCB0STE function. If the mapped pin is required as UCA0CLK input or output, USCI_B0 is forced to 3-wire SPI mode even if 4-wire mode is selected. SPI or I2C functionality is determined by the selected USCI mode. If I2C functionality is selected, the output of the mapped pin drives only the logical 0 to VSS level. UCB0CLK function takes precedence over UCA0STE function. If the mapped pin is required as UCB0CLK input or output, USCI_A0 is forced to 3-wire SPI mode even if 4-wire mode is selected. The value of the PM_ANALOG mnemonic is set to 0FFh. The port mapping registers are only 5 bits wide and the upper bits are ignored resulting in a read out value of 31. Table 6-7. Default Mapping PIN PxMAPy MNEMONIC INPUT PIN FUNCTION (PxDIR.y = 0) OUTPUT PIN FUNCTION (PxDIR.y = 1) P1.0/P1MAP0 PM_RFGDO0 None Radio GDO0 P1.1/P1MAP1 PM_RFGDO2 None Radio GDO2 P1.2/P1MAP2 PM_UCB0SOMI/PM_UCB0SCL USCI_B0 SPI slave out master in (direction controlled by USCI) USCI_B0 I2C clock (open drain and direction controlled by USCI) P1.3/P1MAP3 PM_UCB0SIMO/PM_UCB0SDA USCI_B0 SPI slave in master out (direction controlled by USCI) USCI_B0 I2C data (open drain and direction controlled by USCI) P1.4/P1MAP4 PM_UCB0CLK/PM_UCA0STE USCI_B0 clock input/output (direction controlled by USCI) USCI_A0 SPI slave transmit enable (direction controlled by USCI – input) P1.5/P1MAP5 PM_UCA0RXD/PM_UCA0SOMI USCI_A0 UART RXD (direction controlled by USCI – input) USCI_A0 SPI slave out master in (direction controlled by USCI) P1.6/P1MAP6 PM_UCA0TXD/PM_UCA0SIMO USCI_A0 UART TXD (direction controlled by USCI – output) USCI_A0 SPI slave in master out (direction controlled by USCI) P1.7/P1MAP7 PM_UCA0CLK/PM_UCB0STE USCI_A0 clock input/output (direction controlled by USCI) USCI_B0 SPI slave transmit enable (direction controlled by USCI – input) P2.0/P2MAP0 PM_CBOUT1/PM_TA1CLK TA1 clock input Comparator_B output P2.1/P2MAP1 PM_TA1CCR0A TA1 CCR0 capture input CCI0A TA1 CCR0 compare output Out0 Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 69 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Table 6-7. Default Mapping (continued) PIN PxMAPy MNEMONIC INPUT PIN FUNCTION (PxDIR.y = 0) OUTPUT PIN FUNCTION (PxDIR.y = 1) P2.2/P2MAP2 PM_TA1CCR1A TA1 CCR1 capture input CCI1A TA1 CCR1 compare output Out1 P2.3/P2MAP3 PM_TA1CCR2A TA1 CCR2 capture input CCI2A TA1 CCR2 compare output Out2 P2.4/P2MAP4 PM_RTCCLK None RTCCLK output P2.5/P2MAP5 PM_SVMOUT None SVM output P2.6/P2MAP6 PM_ACLK None ACLK output P2.7/P2MAP7 PM_ADC10CLK/PM_DMAE0 DMA external trigger input ADC10CLK output P3.0/P3MAP0 PM_CBOUT0/PM_TA0CLK TA0 clock input Comparator_B output P3.1/P3MAP1 PM_TA0CCR0A TA0 CCR0 capture input CCI0A TA0 CCR0 compare output Out0 P3.2/P3MAP2 PM_TA0CCR1A TA0 CCR1 capture input CCI1A TA0 CCR1 compare output Out1 P3.3/P3MAP3 PM_TA0CCR2A TA0 CCR2 capture input CCI2A TA0 CCR2 compare output Out2 P3.4/P3MAP4 PM_TA0CCR3A TA0 CCR3 capture input CCI3A TA0 CCR3 compare output Out3 P3.5/P3MAP5 PM_TA0CCR4A TA0 CCR4 capture input CCI4A TA0 CCR4 compare output Out4 P3.6/P3MAP6 PM_RFGDO1 None Radio GDO1 P3.7/P3MAP7 PM_SMCLK None SMCLK output 6.11.5 System Module (SYS) The SYS module handles many of the system functions within the device. These functions include poweron reset and power-up clear handling, NMI source selection and management, reset interrupt vector generators, bootloader entry mechanisms, and configuration management (device descriptors) (see Table 6-8). SYS also includes a data exchange mechanism through JTAG called a JTAG mailbox that can be used in the application. Table 6-8. System Module Interrupt Vector Registers INTERRUPT VECTOR REGISTER SYSRSTIV, System Reset 70 Detailed Description ADDRESS 019Eh INTERRUPT EVENT VALUE No interrupt pending 00h Brownout (BOR) 02h RST/NMI (POR) 04h DoBOR (BOR) 06h Reserved 08h Security violation (BOR) 0Ah SVSL (POR) 0Ch SVSH (POR) 0Eh SVML_OVP (POR) 10h SVMH_OVP (POR) 12h DoPOR (POR) 14h WDT time-out (PUC) 16h WDT password violation (PUC) 18h KEYV flash password violation (PUC) 1Ah Reserved 1Ch Peripheral area fetch (PUC) 1Eh PMM password violation (PUC) 20h Reserved 22h to 3Eh PRIORITY Highest Lowest Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 6-8. System Module Interrupt Vector Registers (continued) INTERRUPT VECTOR REGISTER SYSSNIV, System NMI SYSUNIV, User NMI ADDRESS 019Ch 019Ah INTERRUPT EVENT VALUE No interrupt pending 00h SVMLIFG 02h SVMHIFG 04h DLYLIFG 06h DLYHIFG 08h VMAIFG 0Ah JMBINIFG 0Ch JMBOUTIFG 0Eh VLRLIFG 10h VLRHIFG 12h Reserved 14h to 1Eh No interrupt pending 00h NMIIFG 02h OFIFG 04h ACCVIFG 06h Reserved 08h to 1Eh PRIORITY Highest Lowest Highest Lowest Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 71 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 6.11.6 DMA Controller The DMA controller allows movement of data from one memory address to another without CPU intervention. Using the DMA controller can increase the throughput of peripheral modules. The DMA controller reduces system power consumption by allowing the CPU to remain in sleep mode, without having to awaken to move data to or from a peripheral. Table 6-9 lists the available triggers for DMA operation. Table 6-9. DMA Trigger Assignments (1) TRIGGER (1) (2) 72 CHANNEL 0 1 2 0 DMAREQ DMAREQ DMAREQ 1 TA0CCR0 CCIFG TA0CCR0 CCIFG TA0CCR0 CCIFG 2 TA0CCR2 CCIFG TA0CCR2 CCIFG TA0CCR2 CCIFG 3 TA1CCR0 CCIFG TA1CCR0 CCIFG TA1CCR0 CCIFG 4 TA1CCR2 CCIFG TA1CCR2 CCIFG TA1CCR2 CCIFG 5 Reserved Reserved Reserved 6 Reserved Reserved Reserved 7 Reserved Reserved Reserved 8 Reserved Reserved Reserved 9 Reserved Reserved Reserved 10 Reserved Reserved Reserved 11 Reserved Reserved Reserved 12 Reserved Reserved Reserved 13 Reserved Reserved Reserved 14 RFRXIFG RFRXIFG RFRXIFG 15 RFTXIFG RFTXIFG RFTXIFG 16 UCA0RXIFG UCA0RXIFG UCA0RXIFG 17 UCA0TXIFG UCA0TXIFG UCA0TXIFG 18 UCB0RXIFG UCB0RXIFG UCB0RXIFG 19 UCB0TXIFG UCB0TXIFG UCB0TXIFG 20 Reserved Reserved Reserved 21 Reserved Reserved Reserved 22 Reserved Reserved Reserved 23 Reserved Reserved (2) ADC10IFG0 Reserved (2) ADC10IFG0 (2) 24 ADC10IFG0 25 Reserved Reserved Reserved 26 Reserved Reserved Reserved 27 Reserved Reserved Reserved 28 Reserved Reserved Reserved 29 MPY ready MPY ready MPY ready 30 DMA2IFG DMA0IFG DMA1IFG 31 DMAE0 DMAE0 DMAE0 Reserved DMA triggers may be used by other devices in the family. Reserved DMA triggers will not cause any DMA trigger event when selected. Only on CC430F614x and CC430F514x. Reserved on CC430F512x. Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 6.11.7 Watchdog Timer (WDT_A) The primary function of the watchdog timer is to perform a controlled system restart after a software problem occurs. If the selected time interval expires, a system reset is generated. If the watchdog function is not needed in an application, the timer can be configured as an interval timer and can generate interrupts at selected time intervals. 6.11.8 CRC16 The CRC16 module produces a signature based on a sequence of entered data values and can be used for data checking purposes. The CRC16 module signature is based on the CRC-CCITT standard. 6.11.9 Hardware Multiplier The multiplication operation is supported by a dedicated peripheral module. The module performs operations with 32-, 24-, 16-, and 8-bit operands. The module supports signed and unsigned multiplication as well as signed and unsigned multiply-and-accumulate operations. 6.11.10 AES128 Accelerator The AES accelerator module performs encryption and decryption of 128-bit data with 128-bit keys according to the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) (FIPS PUB 197) in hardware. 6.11.11 Universal Serial Communication Interface (USCI) The USCI module is used for serial data communication. The USCI module supports synchronous communication protocols such as SPI (3-pin or 4-pin) and I2C, and asynchronous communication protocols such as UART, enhanced UART with automatic baud-rate detection, and IrDA. The USCI_An module provides support for SPI (3-pin or 4-pin), UART, enhanced UART, and IrDA. The USCI_Bn module provides support for SPI (3-pin or 4-pin) and I2C. One USCI_A0 and one USCI_B0 modules are implemented. Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 73 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 6.11.12 TA0 TA0 is a 16-bit timer/counter (Timer_A type) with five capture/compare registers. TA0 can support multiple capture/compares, PWM outputs, and interval timing (see Table 6-10). TA0 also has extensive interrupt capabilities. Interrupts may be generated from the counter on overflow conditions and from each of the capture/compare registers. Table 6-10. TA0 Signal Connections DEVICE INPUT SIGNAL MODULE INPUT NAME PM_TA0CLK TACLK (1) (2) 74 MODULE BLOCK MODULE OUTPUT SIGNAL Timer NA DEVICE OUTPUT SIGNAL ACLK (internal) ACLK SMCLK (internal) SMCLK RFCLK/192 (1) INCLK PM_TA0CCR0A CCI0A DVSS CCI0B DVSS GND DVCC VCC PM_TA0CCR1A CCI1A PM_TA0CCR1A CBOUT (internal) CCI1B ADC10 (internal) (2) ADC10SHSx = {1} DVSS GND DVCC VCC PM_TA0CCR2A CCI2A ACLK (internal) CCI2B DVSS GND DVCC VCC PM_TA0CCR3A CCI3A GDO1 from radio (internal) CCI3B DVSS GND DVCC VCC PM_TA0CCR4A CCI4A GDO2 from radio (internal) CCI4B DVSS GND DVCC VCC PM_TA0CCR0A CCR0 CCR1 TA0 TA1 PM_TA0CCR2A CCR2 TA2 PM_TA0CCR3A CCR3 TA3 PM_TA0CCR4A CCR4 TA4 If a different RFCLK divider setting is selected for a radio GDO output, this divider setting is also used for the Timer_A INCLK. Only on CC430F614x and CC430F514x. Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 6.11.13 TA1 TA1 is a 16-bit timer/counter (Timer_A type) with three capture/compare registers. TA1 can support multiple capture/compares, PWM outputs, and interval timing (see Table 6-11). TA1 also has extensive interrupt capabilities. Interrupts may be generated from the counter on overflow conditions and from each of the capture/compare registers. Table 6-11. TA1 Signal Connections DEVICE INPUT SIGNAL PM_TA1CLK (1) MODULE INPUT NAME MODULE BLOCK MODULE OUTPUT SIGNAL DEVICE OUTPUT SIGNAL PZ TACLK ACLK (internal) ACLK SMCLK (internal) SMCLK RFCLK/192 (1) INCLK PM_TA1CCR0A CCI0A RF Async. Output (internal) CCI0B DVSS GND DVCC VCC PM_TA1CCR1A CCI1A CBOUT (internal) CCI1B DVSS GND DVCC VCC PM_TA1CCR2A CCI2A ACLK (internal) CCI2B DVSS GND DVCC VCC Timer NA PM_TA1CCR0A CCR0 TA0 RF Async. Input (internal) PM_TA1CCR1A CCR1 TA1 PM_TA1CCR2A CCR2 TA2 If a different RFCLK divider setting is selected for a radio GDO output, this divider setting is also used for the Timer_A INCLK. 6.11.14 Real-Time Clock (RTC_D) The RTC_D module can be used as a general-purpose 32-bit counter (counter mode) or as an integrated real-time clock (RTC) (calendar mode). In counter mode, the RTC_D also includes two independent 8-bit timers that can be cascaded to form a 16-bit timer/counter. Both timers can be read and written by software. Calendar mode integrates an internal calendar that compensates for months with less than 31 days and includes leap year correction. The RTC_D also supports flexible alarm functions and offsetcalibration hardware. 6.11.15 Voltage Reference (REF) (Including Output) REF generates all of the critical reference voltages that can be used by the various analog peripherals in the device. These peripherals include the ADC10_A, LCD_B, and COMP_B modules. REF can also provide the ADC reference voltages to the VREF+ pin (see the pin schematics in Section 6.12). 6.11.16 LCD_B (Only CC430F614x) The LCD_B driver generates the segment and common signals required to drive a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). The LCD_B controller has dedicated data memories to hold segment drive information. Common and segment signals are generated as defined by the mode. Static, 2-, 3-, and 4-mux LCDs are supported. The module can provide a LCD voltage independent of the supply voltage with its integrated charge pump. It is possible to control the level of the LCD voltage and thus contrast by software. The module also provides an automatic blinking capability for individual segments. Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 75 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 6.11.17 Comparator_B The primary function of the Comparator_B module is to support precision slope analog-to-digital conversions, battery voltage supervision, and monitoring of external analog signals. 6.11.18 ADC10_A (CC430F614x and CC430F514x Only) The ADC10_A module supports fast 10-bit analog-to-digital conversions. The module implements a 10-bit SAR core, sample select control, reference generator, and a conversion result buffer. A window comparator with a lower and upper limits allows result monitoring independent of the CPU with three window comparator interrupt flags. 6.11.19 Embedded Emulation Module (EEM) (S Version) The EEM supports real-time in-system debugging. The S version of the EEM has the following features: • Three hardware triggers or breakpoints on memory access • One hardware trigger or breakpoint on CPU register write access • Up to four hardware triggers can be combined to form complex triggers or breakpoints • One cycle counter • Clock control on module level 76 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 6.11.20 Peripheral File Map Table 6-12 lists the base address for the registers of each peripheral. Table 6-12. Peripherals MODULE NAME BASE ADDRESS OFFSET ADDRESS RANGE Special Functions (see Table 6-13) 0100h 000h–01Fh PMM (see Table 6-14) 0120h 000h–00Fh Flash Control (see Table 6-15) 0140h 000h–00Fh CRC16 (see Table 6-16) 0150h 000h–007h RAM Control (see Table 6-17) 0158h 000h–001h Watchdog (see Table 6-18) 015Ch 000h–001h UCS (see Table 6-19) 0160h 000h–01Fh SYS (see Table 6-20) 0180h 000h–01Fh Shared Reference (see Table 6-21) 01B0h 000h–001h Port Mapping Control (see Table 6-22) 01C0h 000h–007h Port Mapping Port P1 (see Table 6-23) 01C8h 000h–007h Port Mapping Port P2 (see Table 6-24) 01D0h 000h–007h Port Mapping Port P3 (see Table 6-25) 01D8h 000h–007h Port P1, P2 (see Table 6-26) 0200h 000h–01Fh Port P3, P4 (see Table 6-27) (P4 not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) 0220h 000h–01Fh Port P5 (see Table 6-28) 0240h 000h–01Fh Port PJ (see Table 6-29) 0320h 000h–01Fh TA0 (see Table 6-30) 0340h 000h–03Fh TA1 (see Table 6-31) 0380h 000h–03Fh RTC_D (see Table 6-32) 04A0h 000h–01Fh 32-Bit Hardware Multiplier (see Table 6-33) 04C0h 000h–02Fh DMA Module Control (see Table 6-34) 0500h 000h–00Fh DMA Channel 0 (see Table 6-35) 0510h 000h–00Fh DMA Channel 1 (see Table 6-36) 0520h 000h–00Fh DMA Channel 2 (see Table 6-37) 0530h 000h–00Fh USCI_A0 (see Table 6-38) 05C0h 000h–01Fh USCI_B0 (see Table 6-39) 05E0h 000h–01Fh ADC10 (see Table 6-40) (only CC430F614x and CC430F514x) 0740h 000h–01Fh Comparator_B (see Table 6-41) 08C0h 000h–00Fh AES Accelerator (see Table 6-42) 09C0h 000h–00Fh LCD_B (see Table 6-43 (only CC430F614x) 0A00h 000h–05Fh Radio Interface (see Table 6-44) 0F00h 000h–03Fh Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 77 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Table 6-13. Special Function Registers (Base Address: 0100h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET SFR interrupt enable SFRIE1 00h SFR interrupt flag SFRIFG1 02h SFR reset pin control SFRRPCR 04h Table 6-14. PMM Registers (Base Address: 0120h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET PMM control 0 PMMCTL0 00h PMM control 1 PMMCTL1 02h SVS high-side control SVSMHCTL 04h SVS low-side control SVSMLCTL 06h PMM interrupt flags PMMIFG 0Ch PMM interrupt enable PMMIE 0Eh PMM power mode 5 control PM5CTL0 10h Table 6-15. Flash Control Registers (Base Address: 0140h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET Flash control 1 FCTL1 00h Flash control 3 FCTL3 04h Flash control 4 FCTL4 06h Table 6-16. CRC16 Registers (Base Address: 0150h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET CRC data input CRC16DI 00h CRC data input reverse byte CRCDIRB 02h CRC initialization and result CRCINIRES 04h CRC result reverse byte CRCRESR 06h Table 6-17. RAM Control Registers (Base Address: 0158h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION RAM control 0 ACRONYM RCCTL0 OFFSET 00h Table 6-18. Watchdog Registers (Base Address: 015Ch) REGISTER DESCRIPTION Watchdog timer control ACRONYM WDTCTL OFFSET 00h Table 6-19. UCS Registers (Base Address: 0160h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET UCS control 0 UCSCTL0 00h UCS control 1 UCSCTL1 02h UCS control 2 UCSCTL2 04h UCS control 3 UCSCTL3 06h UCS control 4 UCSCTL4 08h UCS control 5 UCSCTL5 0Ah UCS control 6 UCSCTL6 0Ch UCS control 7 UCSCTL7 0Eh 78 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 6-19. UCS Registers (Base Address: 0160h) (continued) REGISTER DESCRIPTION UCS control 8 ACRONYM UCSCTL8 OFFSET 10h Table 6-20. SYS Registers (Base Address: 0180h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET System control SYSCTL 00h Bootloader configuration area SYSBSLC 02h JTAG mailbox control SYSJMBC 06h JTAG mailbox input 0 SYSJMBI0 08h JTAG mailbox input 1 SYSJMBI1 0Ah JTAG mailbox output 0 SYSJMBO0 0Ch JTAG mailbox output 1 SYSJMBO1 0Eh Bus error vector generator SYSBERRIV 18h User NMI vector generator SYSUNIV 1Ah System NMI vector generator SYSSNIV 1Ch Reset vector generator SYSRSTIV 1Eh Table 6-21. Shared Reference Registers (Base Address: 01B0h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION Shared reference control ACRONYM REFCTL OFFSET 00h Table 6-22. Port Mapping Control Registers (Base Address: 01C0h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET Port mapping key PMAPKEYID 00h Port mapping control PMAPCTL 02h Table 6-23. Port Mapping Port P1 Registers (Base Address: 01C8h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET Port P1.0 mapping P1MAP0 00h Port P1.1 mapping P1MAP1 01h Port P1.2 mapping P1MAP2 02h Port P1.3 mapping P1MAP3 03h Port P1.4 mapping P1MAP4 04h Port P1.5 mapping P1MAP5 05h Port P1.6 mapping P1MAP6 06h Port P1.7 mapping P1MAP7 07h Table 6-24. Port Mapping Port P2 Registers (Base Address: 01D0h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET Port P2.0 mapping P2MAP0 00h Port P2.1 mapping P2MAP1 01h Port P2.2 mapping P2MAP2 02h Port P2.3 mapping P2MAP3 03h Port P2.4 mapping P2MAP4 04h Port P2.5 mapping P2MAP5 05h Port P2.6 mapping P2MAP6 06h Port P2.7 mapping P2MAP7 07h Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 79 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Table 6-25. Port Mapping Port P3 Registers (Base Address: 01D8h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET Port P3.0 mapping P3MAP0 00h Port P3.1 mapping P3MAP1 01h Port P3.2 mapping P3MAP2 02h Port P3.3 mapping P3MAP3 03h Port P3.4 mapping P3MAP4 04h Port P3.5 mapping P3MAP5 05h Port P3.6 mapping P3MAP6 06h Port P3.7 mapping P3MAP7 07h Table 6-26. Port P1, P2 Registers (Base Address: 0200h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET Port P1 input P1IN 00h Port P1 output P1OUT 02h Port P1 direction P1DIR 04h Port P1 resistor enable P1REN 06h Port P1 drive strength P1DS 08h Port P1 selection P1SEL 0Ah Port P1 interrupt vector word P1IV 0Eh Port P1 interrupt edge select P1IES 18h Port P1 interrupt enable P1IE 1Ah Port P1 interrupt flag P1IFG 1Ch Port P2 input P2IN 01h Port P2 output P2OUT 03h Port P2 direction P2DIR 05h Port P2 resistor enable P2REN 07h Port P2 drive strength P2DS 09h Port P2 selection P2SEL 0Bh Port P2 interrupt vector word P2IV 1Eh Port P2 interrupt edge select P2IES 19h Port P2 interrupt enable P2IE 1Bh Port P2 interrupt flag P2IFG 1Dh Table 6-27. Port P3, P4 Registers (Base Address: 0220h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET Port P3 input P3IN 00h Port P3 output P3OUT 02h Port P3 direction P3DIR 04h Port P3 resistor enable P3REN 06h Port P3 drive strength P3DS 08h Port P3 selection P3SEL 0Ah Port P4 input P4IN 01h Port P4 output P4OUT 03h Port P4 direction P4DIR 05h Port P4 resistor enable P4REN 07h Port P4 drive strength P4DS 09h Port P4 selection P4SEL 0Bh 80 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 6-28. Port P5 Registers (Base Address: 0240h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET Port P5 input P5IN 00h Port P5 output P5OUT 02h Port P5 direction P5DIR 04h Port P5 resistor enable P5REN 06h Port P5 drive strength P5DS 08h Port P5 selection P5SEL 0Ah Table 6-29. Port J Registers (Base Address: 0320h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET Port PJ input PJIN 00h Port PJ output PJOUT 02h Port PJ direction PJDIR 04h Port PJ resistor enable PJREN 06h Port PJ drive strength PJDS 08h Table 6-30. TA0 Registers (Base Address: 0340h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET TA0 control TA0CTL 00h Capture/compare control 0 TA0CCTL0 02h Capture/compare control 1 TA0CCTL1 04h Capture/compare control 2 TA0CCTL2 06h Capture/compare control 3 TA0CCTL3 08h Capture/compare control 4 TA0CCTL4 0Ah TA0 counter TA0R 10h Capture/compare 0 TA0CCR0 12h Capture/compare 1 TA0CCR1 14h Capture/compare 2 TA0CCR2 16h Capture/compare 3 TA0CCR3 18h Capture/compare 4 TA0CCR4 1Ah TA0 expansion 0 TA0EX0 20h TA0 interrupt vector TA0IV 2Eh Table 6-31. TA1 Registers (Base Address: 0380h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET TA1 control TA1CTL 00h Capture/compare control 0 TA1CCTL0 02h Capture/compare control 1 TA1CCTL1 04h Capture/compare control 2 TA1CCTL2 06h TA1 counter TA1R 10h Capture/compare 0 TA1CCR0 12h Capture/compare 1 TA1CCR1 14h Capture/compare 2 TA1CCR2 16h TA1 expansion 0 TA1EX0 20h TA1 interrupt vector TA1IV 2Eh Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 81 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Table 6-32. Real-Time Clock Registers (Base Address: 04A0h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET RTC control 0 RTCCTL0 00h RTC control 1 RTCCTL1 01h RTC control 2 RTCCTL2 02h RTC control 3 RTCCTL3 03h RTC prescaler 0 control RTCPS0CTL 08h RTC prescaler 1 control RTCPS1CTL 0Ah RTC prescaler 0 RTCPS0 0Ch RTC prescaler 1 RTCPS1 0Dh RTC interrupt vector word RTCIV 0Eh RTC seconds/counter 1 RTCSEC/RTCNT1 10h RTC minutes/counter 2 RTCMIN/RTCNT2 11h RTC hours/counter 3 RTCHOUR/RTCNT3 12h RTC day of week/counter 4 RTCDOW/RTCNT4 13h RTC days RTCDAY 14h RTC month RTCMON 15h RTC year low RTCYEARL 16h RTC year high RTCYEARH 17h RTC alarm minutes RTCAMIN 18h RTC alarm hours RTCAHOUR 19h RTC alarm day of week RTCADOW 1Ah RTC alarm days RTCADAY 1Bh Table 6-33. 32-Bit Hardware Multiplier Registers (Base Address: 04C0h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET 16-bit operand 1 - multiply MPY 00h 16-bit operand 1 - signed multiply MPYS 02h 16-bit operand 1 - multiply accumulate MAC 04h 16-bit operand 1 - signed multiply accumulate MACS 06h 16-bit operand 2 OP2 08h 16 × 16 result low word RESLO 0Ah 16 × 16 result high word RESHI 0Ch 16 × 16 sum extension SUMEXT 0Eh 32-bit operand 1 - multiply low word MPY32L 10h 32-bit operand 1 - multiply high word MPY32H 12h 32-bit operand 1 - signed multiply low word MPYS32L 14h 32-bit operand 1 - signed multiply high word MPYS32H 16h 32-bit operand 1 - multiply accumulate low word MAC32L 18h 32-bit operand 1 - multiply accumulate high word MAC32H 1Ah 32-bit operand 1 - signed multiply accumulate low word MACS32L 1Ch 32-bit operand 1 - signed multiply accumulate high word MACS32H 1Eh 32-bit operand 2 - low word OP2L 20h 32-bit operand 2 - high word OP2H 22h 32 × 32 result 0 - least significant word RES0 24h 32 × 32 result 1 RES1 26h 32 × 32 result 2 RES2 28h 32 × 32 result 3 - most significant word RES3 2Ah MPY32 control 0 MPY32CTL0 2Ch 82 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 6-34. DMA Module Control Registers (Base Address: 0500h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET DMA module control 0 DMACTL0 00h DMA module control 1 DMACTL1 02h DMA module control 2 DMACTL2 04h DMA module control 3 DMACTL3 06h DMA module control 4 DMACTL4 08h DMA interrupt vector DMAIV 0Ah Table 6-35. DMA Channel 0 Registers (Base Address: 0510h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET DMA channel 0 control DMA0CTL 00h DMA channel 0 source address low DMA0SAL 02h DMA channel 0 source address high DMA0SAH 04h DMA channel 0 destination address low DMA0DAL 06h DMA channel 0 destination address high DMA0DAH 08h DMA channel 0 transfer size DMA0SZ 0Ah Table 6-36. DMA Channel 1 Registers (Base Address: 0520h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET DMA channel 1 control DMA1CTL 00h DMA channel 1 source address low DMA1SAL 02h DMA channel 1 source address high DMA1SAH 04h DMA channel 1 destination address low DMA1DAL 06h DMA channel 1 destination address high DMA1DAH 08h DMA channel 1 transfer size DMA1SZ 0Ah Table 6-37. DMA Channel 2 Registers (Base Address: 0530h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET DMA channel 2 control DMA2CTL 00h DMA channel 2 source address low DMA2SAL 02h DMA channel 2 source address high DMA2SAH 04h DMA channel 2 destination address low DMA2DAL 06h DMA channel 2 destination address high DMA2DAH 08h DMA channel 2 transfer size DMA2SZ 0Ah Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 83 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Table 6-38. USCI_A0 Registers (Base Address: 05C0h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET USCI control 1 UCA0CTL1 00h USCI control 0 UCA0CTL0 01h USCI baud rate 0 UCA0BR0 06h USCI baud rate 1 UCA0BR1 07h USCI modulation control UCA0MCTL 08h USCI status UCA0STAT 0Ah USCI receive buffer UCA0RXBUF 0Ch USCI transmit buffer UCA0TXBUF 0Eh USCI LIN control UCA0ABCTL 10h USCI IrDA transmit control UCA0IRTCTL 12h USCI IrDA receive control UCA0IRRCTL 13h USCI interrupt enable UCA0IE 1Ch USCI interrupt flags UCA0IFG 1Dh USCI interrupt vector word UCA0IV 1Eh Table 6-39. USCI_B0 Registers (Base Address: 05E0h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET USCI synchronous control 1 UCB0CTL1 00h USCI synchronous control 0 UCB0CTL0 01h USCI synchronous bit rate 0 UCB0BR0 06h USCI synchronous bit rate 1 UCB0BR1 07h USCI synchronous status UCB0STAT 0Ah USCI synchronous receive buffer UCB0RXBUF 0Ch USCI synchronous transmit buffer UCB0TXBUF 0Eh USCI I2C own address UCB0I2COA 10h USCI I2C slave address UCB0I2CSA 12h USCI interrupt enable UCB0IE 1Ch USCI interrupt flags UCB0IFG 1Dh USCI interrupt vector word UCB0IV 1Eh Table 6-40. ADC10_A Registers (Base Address: 0740h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET ADC10_A control 0 ADC10CTL0 00h ADC10_A control 1 ADC10CTL1 02h ADC10_A control 2 ADC10CTL2 04h ADC10_A window comparator low threshold ADC10LO 06h ADC10_A window comparator high threshold ADC10HI 08h ADC10_A memory control 0 ADC10MCTL0 0Ah ADC10_A conversion memory ADC10MEM0 12h ADC10_A interrupt enable ADC10IE 1Ah ADC10_A interrupt flags ADC10IGH 1Ch ADC10_A interrupt vector word ADC10IV 1Eh 84 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 6-41. Comparator_B Registers (Base Address: 08C0h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET Comp_B control 0 CBCTL0 00h Comp_B control 1 CBCTL1 02h Comp_B control 2 CBCTL2 04h Comp_B control 3 CBCTL3 06h Comp_B interrupt CBINT 0Ch Comp_B interrupt vector word CBIV 0Eh Table 6-42. AES Accelerator Registers (Base Address: 09C0h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION AES accelerator control 0 ACRONYM AESACTL0 Reserved OFFSET 00h 02h AES accelerator status AESASTAT 04h AES accelerator key AESAKEY 06h AES accelerator data in AESADIN 008h AES accelerator data out AESADOUT 00Ah Table 6-43. LCD_B Registers (Base Address: 0A00h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET LCD_B control 0 LCDBCTL0 000h LCD_B control 1 LCDBCTL1 002h LCD_B blinking control LCDBBLKCTL 004h LCD_B memory control LCDBMEMCTL 006h LCD_B voltage control LCDBVCTL 008h LCD_B port control 0 LCDBPCTL0 00Ah LCD_B port control 1 LCDBPCTL1 00Ch LCD_B charge pump control LCDBCTL0 012h LCD_B interrupt vector word LCDBIV 01Eh LCD_B memory 1 LCDM1 020h LCD_B memory 2 LCDM2 021h LCD_B memory 14 LCDM14 02Dh LCD_B blinking memory 1 LCDBM1 040h LCD_B blinking memory 2 LCDBM2 041h LCDBM14 04Dh ... ... LCD_B blinking memory 14 Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 85 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Table 6-44. Radio Interface Registers (Base Address: 0F00h) REGISTER DESCRIPTION ACRONYM OFFSET Radio interface control 0 RF1AIFCTL0 00h Radio interface control 1 RF1AIFCTL1 02h Radio interface error flag RF1AIFERR 06h Radio interface error vector word RF1AIFERRV 0Ch Radio interface interrupt vector word RF1AIFIV 0Eh Radio instruction word RF1AINSTRW 10h Radio instruction word, 1-byte auto-read RF1AINSTR1W 12h Radio instruction word, 2-byte auto-read RF1AINSTR2W 14h Radio data in RF1ADINW 16h Radio status word RF1ASTATW 20h Radio status word, 1-byte auto-read RF1ASTAT1W 22h Radio status word, 2-byte auto-read RF1AISTAT2W 24h Radio data out RF1ADOUTW 28h Radio data out, 1-byte auto-read RF1ADOUT1W 2Ah Radio data out, 2-byte auto-read RF1ADOUT2W 2Ch Radio core signal input RF1AIN 30h Radio core interrupt flag RF1AIFG 32h Radio core interrupt edge select RF1AIES 34h Radio core interrupt enable RF1AIE 36h Radio core interrupt vector word RF1AIV 38h 86 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 6.12 Input/Output Diagrams 6.12.1 Port P1 (P1.0 to P1.4) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger Figure 6-2 shows the port diagram. Table 6-45 summarizes the selection of the pin functions. S18...S22 (not on F514x and F512x) LCDS18...LCDS22 Pad Logic P1REN.x P1MAP.x = PMAP_ANALOG P1DIR.x 0 From Port Mapping 1 P1OUT.x 0 From Port Mapping 1 DVSS 0 DVCC 1 Direction 0: Input 1: Output P1DS.x 0: Low drive 1: High drive P1SEL.x P1IN.x P1.0/P1MAP0(/S18) P1.1/P1MAP1(/S19) P1.2/P1MAP2(/S20) P1.3/P1MAP3(/S21) P1.4/P1MAP4(/S22) Bus Keeper EN To Port Mapping 1 D P1IE.x EN P1IRQ.x Q P1IFG.x Set P1SEL.x Interrupt Edge Select P1IES.x NOTE: CC430F514x and CC430F512x devices do not provide LCD functionality. Figure 6-2. Port P1 (P1.0 to P1.4) Diagram Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 87 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Table 6-45. Port P1 (P1.0 to P1.4) Pin Functions CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS PIN NAME (P1.x) x FUNCTION P1.0 (I/O) P1.0/P1MAP/S18 0 Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) 1 2 (1) (2) 88 4 0 X 0 0; 1 (2) 1 ≤ 30 (2) 0 0 S18 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (2) 1 ≤ 30 (2) 0 Output driver and input Schmitt trigger disabled X 1 = 31 0 S19 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (2) 1 ≤ 30 (2) 0 X 1 = 31 0 Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) Output driver and input Schmitt trigger disabled Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (2) 1 ≤ 30 (2) 0 Output driver and input Schmitt trigger disabled X 1 = 31 0 S21 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (2) 1 ≤ 30 (2) 0 P1.4 (I/O) P1.4/P1MAP4/S22 I: 0; O: 1 = 31 P1.3 (I/O) 3 LCDS18 to LCDS22 (1) 1 S22 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) P1.3/P1MAP3/S21 P1MAPx X P1.2 (I/O) P1.2/P1MAP2/S20 P1SEL.x Output driver and input Schmitt trigger disabled P1.1 (I/O) P1.1/P1MAP1/S19 P1DIR.x Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) Output driver and input Schmitt trigger disabled X 1 = 31 0 S22 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) X X X 1 LCDSx not available in CC430F514x and CC430F512x. According to mapped function (see Table 6-6) Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 6.12.2 Port P1 (P1.5 to P1.7) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger Figure 6-3 shows the port diagram. Table 6-46 summarizes the selection of the pin functions. to LCD_B (not on F514x and F512x) Pad Logic P1REN.x P1MAP.x = PMAP_ANALOG P1DIR.x 0 from Port Mapping 1 P1OUT.x 0 from Port Mapping 1 DVSS 0 DVCC 1 1 Direction 0: Input 1: Output P1DS.x 0: Low drive 1: High drive P1SEL.x P1.5/P1MAP5(/R23) P1.6/P1MAP6(/R13) P1.7/P1MAP7(/R03) P1IN.x Bus Keeper EN to Port Mapping D P1IE.x EN P1IRQ.x Q P1IFG.x Set P1SEL.x Interrupt Edge Select P1IES.x NOTE: CC430F514x and CC430F512x devices do not provide LCD functionality. Figure 6-3. Port P1 (P1.5 to P1.7) Diagram Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 89 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Table 6-46. Port P1 (P1.5 to P1.7) Pin Functions PIN NAME (P1.x) x FUNCTION P1.5 (I/O) P1.5/P1MAP5/R23 5 Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) R23 (2) (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) 6 7 90 P1MAPx X 0; 1 (1) 1 ≤ 30 (1) = 31 1 0 X Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) 0; 1 (1) 1 ≤ 30 (1) R13/LCDREF (2) (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) X 1 = 31 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0; 1 (1) 1 ≤ 30 (1) X 1 = 31 Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) R03 (2) (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) (1) (2) 0 X P1.7 (I/O) P1.7/P1MAP7/R03 P1SEL.x I: 0; O: 1 I: 0; O: 1 P1.6 (I/O) P1.6/P1MAP6/R13/ LCDREF CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS P1DIR.x According to mapped function (see Table 6-6) Setting P1SEL.x bit together with P1MAPx = PM_ANALOG disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger. Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 6.12.3 Port P2 (P2.0 to P2.7) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger Figure 6-4 through Figure 6-7 show the port diagrams. Table 6-47 summarizes the selection of the pin functions. Pad Logic To ADC10_A (not on F512x) INCHx = x To Comparator_B from Comparator_B CBPD.x P2REN.x P2MAP.x = PMAP_ANALOG P2DIR.x 0 from Port Mapping 1 P2OUT.x 0 from Port Mapping 1 DVSS 0 DVCC 1 1 Direction 0: Input 1: Output P2DS.x 0: Low drive 1: High drive P2SEL.x P2.0/P2MAP0/CB0(/A0) P2.1/P2MAP2/CB1(/A1) P2.2/P2MAP2/CB2(/A2) P2.3/P2MAP3/CB3(/A3) P2IN.x Bus Keeper EN to Port Mapping D P2IE.x EN P2IRQ.x Q P2IFG.x Set P2SEL.x Interrupt Edge Select P2IES.x Figure 6-4. Port P2 (P2.0 to P2.3) Diagram Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 91 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Pad Logic ADC10_A ext. reference input VeREF(not on F512x) To ADC10_A (not on F512x) INCHx = x To Comparator_B From Comparator_B CBPD.x P2REN.x P2MAP.x = PMAP_ANALOG P2DIR.x 0 From Port Mapping 1 P2OUT.x 0 From Port Mapping 1 DVSS 0 DVCC 1 1 Direction 0: Input 1: Output P2DS.x 0: Low drive 1: High drive P2SEL.x P2.4/P2MAP4/CB4 (/A4/VeREF-) P2IN.x Bus Keeper EN To Port Mapping D P2IE.x EN P2IRQ.x Q P2IFG.x P2SEL.x P2IES.x Set Interrupt Edge Select Figure 6-5. Port P2 (P2.4) Diagram 92 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 REFCTL0.REFOUT Pad Logic 1.5 V, 2.0 V, 2.5 V from shared REF (not on F512x) Buffer ADC10_A ext. reference input VeREF+ (not on F512x) to ADC10_A (not on F512x) INCHx = x To Comparator_B From Comparator_B CBPD.x P2REN.x P2MAP.x = PMAP_ANALOG P2DIR.x 0 from Port Mapping 1 P2OUT.x 0 from Port Mapping 1 DVSS 0 DVCC 1 1 Direction 0: Input 1: Output P2DS.x 0: Low drive 1: High drive P2SEL.x P2.5/P2MAP5/CB5 (/A5/VREF+/VeREF+) P2IN.x Bus Keeper EN To Port Mapping D P2IE.x EN P2IRQ.x Q P2IFG.x P2SEL.x P2IES.x Set Interrupt Edge Select Figure 6-6. Port P2 (P2.5) Diagram Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 93 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Pad Logic To ADC10_A (not on F514x and F512x) INCHx = x To Comparator_B (not on F514x and F512x) from Comparator_B CBPD.x (not on F514x and F512x) P2REN.x P2MAP.x = PMAP_ANALOG P2DIR.x 0 from Port Mapping 1 P2OUT.x 0 from Port Mapping 1 DVSS 0 DVCC 1 1 Direction 0: Input 1: Output P2DS.x 0: Low drive 1: High drive P2SEL.x P2.6/P2MAP6(/CB6/A6) P2.7/P2MAP7(/CB7/A7) P2IN.x Bus Keeper EN to Port Mapping D P2IE.x EN P2IRQ.x Q P2IFG.x P2SEL.x P2IES.x Set Interrupt Edge Select CC430F514x and CC430F512x devices do not provide analog functionality on port P2.6 and P2.7 pins. Figure 6-7. Port P2 (P2.6 and P2.7) Diagram 94 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 6-47. Port P2 (P2.0 to P2.7) Pin Functions PIN NAME (P2.x) x CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS FUNCTION P2.0 (I/O) P2.0/P2MAP0/CB0 (/A0) 0 Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) A0 (not available on CC430F512x) (2) CB0 (3) P2.1 (I/O) P2.1/P2MAP1/CB1 (/A1) 1 Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) 2 3 X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X (1) 1 ≤ 30 0 (1) 0 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (1) 1 ≤ 30 (1) 0 A2 (not available on CC430F512x) (2) X 1 = 31 X CB2 (3) X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (1) 1 ≤ 30 (1) 0 X 1 = 31 X Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) A3 (not available on CC430F512x) (2) Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) A4/VeREF- (not available on CC430F512x) (2) Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) A5/VREF+VeREF+ (not available on CC430F512x) (2) X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (1) 1 ≤ 30 (1) 0 X 1 = 31 X X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (1) 1 ≤ 30 (1) 0 X 1 = 31 X X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0; 1 (1) 1 ≤ 30 0 (1) 0 A6 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) (2) X 1 = 31 X CB6 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) (3) X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (1) 1 ≤ 30 (1) 0 A7 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) (2) X 1 = 31 X CB7 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) (3) X X X 1 Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) (1) (2) (3) = 31 X X P2.7 (I/O) 7 1 X X Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) P2.7/P2MAP7(/CB7) (/A7) X X P2.6 (I/O) 6 0 CB1 (3) CB5 (3) P2.6/P2MAP6(/CB6) (/A6) ≤ 30 (1) X P2.5 (I/O) 5 1 = 31 CB4 (3) P2.5/P2MAP5/CB5 (/A5/VREF+/VeREF+) 0 0; 1 (1) 1 P2.4 (I/O) 4 CBPD.x X X CB3 (3) P2.4/P2MAP4/CB4 (/A4/VeREF-) P2MAPx 0 0; 1 P2.3 (I/O) P2.3/P2MAP3/CB3 (/A3) P2SEL.x I: 0; O: 1 A1 (not available on CC430F512x) (2) P2.2 (I/O) P2.2/P2MAP2/CB2 (/A2) P2DIR.x According to mapped function (see Table 6-6) Setting P2SEL.x bit together with P2MAPx = PM_ANALOG disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger. Setting the CBPD.x bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog signals. Selecting the CBx input pin to the comparator multiplexer with the CBx bits automatically disables output driver and input buffer for that pin, regardless of the state of the associated CBPD.x bit. Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 95 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 6.12.4 Port P3 (P3.0 to P3.7) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger Figure 6-8 shows the port diagram. Table 6-48 summarizes the selection of the pin functions. S10...S17 (not on F514x and F512x) LCDS10...LCDS17 Pad Logic P3REN.x P3MAP.x = PMAP_ANALOG P3DIR.x 0 from Port Mapping 1 P3OUT.x 0 from Port Mapping 1 DVSS 0 DVCC 1 Direction 0: Input 1: Output P3DS.x 0: Low drive 1: High drive P3SEL.x P3IN.x EN to Port Mapping 1 Bus Keeper P3.0/P3MAP0(/S10) P3.1/P3MAP1(/S11) P3.2/P3MAP2(/S12) P3.3/P3MAP3(/S13) P3.4/P3MAP4(/S14) P3.5/P3MAP5(/S15) P3.6/P3MAP6(/S16) P3.7/P3MAP7(/S17) D CC430F514x and CC430F512x devices do not provide LCD functionality. Figure 6-8. Port P3 (P3.0 to P3.7) Diagram 96 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 6-48. Port P3 (P3.0 to P3.7) Pin Functions CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS PIN NAME (P3.x) x FUNCTION P3.0 (I/O) P3.0/P3MAP0/S10 0 Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) 1 2 4 5 6 (1) (2) 7 0; 1 1 ≤ 30 0 0 X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (2) 1 ≤ 30 (2) 0 Output driver and input Schmitt trigger disabled X 1 = 31 0 S11 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (2) 1 ≤ 30 (2) 0 X 1 = 31 0 Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) Output driver and input Schmitt trigger disabled Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (2) 1 ≤ 30 (2) 0 Output driver and input Schmitt trigger disabled X 1 = 31 0 S13 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (2) 1 ≤ 30 (2) 0 Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) Output driver and input Schmitt trigger disabled X 1 = 31 0 S14 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) 0; 1 (2) 1 ≤ 30 0 (2) 0 Output driver and input Schmitt trigger disabled X 1 = 31 0 S15 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (2) 1 ≤ 30 (2) 0 Output driver and input Schmitt trigger disabled X 1 = 31 0 S16 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) X X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X 0 0; 1 (2) 1 ≤ 30 (2) 0 Output driver and input Schmitt trigger disabled X 1 = 31 0 S17 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) X X X 1 Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) P3.7 (I/O) P3.7/P3MAP7/S17 0 (2) X P3.6 (I/O) P3.6/P3MAP6/S16 X X P3.5 (I/O) P3.5/P3MAP5/S15 0 (2) S10 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) P3.4 (I/O) P3.4/P3MAP4/S14 I: 0; O: 1 = 31 P3.3 (I/O) 3 LCDS10 to LCDS17 (1) 1 S12 (not available on CC430F514x and CC430F512x) P3.3/P3MAP3/S13 P3MAPx X P3.2 (I/O) P3.2/P3MAP7/S12 P3SEL.x Output driver and input Schmitt trigger disabled P3.1 (I/O) P3.1/P3MAP1/S11 P3DIR.x Mapped secondary digital function (see Table 6-6) LCDSx not available in CC430F514x and CC430F512x. According to mapped function (see Table 6-6) Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 97 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 6.12.5 Port P4 (P4.0 to P4.7) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger (CC430F614x Only) Figure 6-9 shows the port diagram. Table 6-49 summarizes the selection of the pin functions. S2...S9 LCDS2...LCDS9 Pad Logic P4REN.x P4DIR.x 0 0 DVSS 1 0 DVCC 1 P4DS.x 0: Low drive 1: High drive P4SEL.x P4IN.x EN Not Used 1 Direction 0: Input 1: Output 1 P4OUT.x DVSS Bus Keeper P4.0/S2 P4.1/S3 P4.2/S4 P4.3/S5 P4.4/S6 P4.5/S7 P4.6/S8 P4.7/S9 D Figure 6-9. Port P4 (P4.0 to P4.7) Diagram (CC430F614x Only) 98 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 6-49. Port P4 (P4.0 to P4.7) Pin Functions (CC430F614x Only) CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS PIN NAME (P4.x) x FUNCTION P4DIR.x P4SEL.x LCDS2 to LCDS9 I: 0; O: 1 0 0 N/A 0 1 0 DVSS 1 1 0 S2 X X 1 P4.0 (I/O) P4.0/P4MAP0/S2 0 P4.1 (I/O) P4.1/P4MAP1/S3 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 0 N/A 0 1 0 DVSS 1 1 0 S3 X X 1 P4.2 (I/O) P4.2/P4MAP7/S4 2 I: 0; O: 1 0 0 N/A 0 1 0 DVSS 1 1 0 S4 P4.3 (I/O) P4.3/P4MAP3/S5 3 N/A 4 5 6 7 1 0 1 1 0 X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 0 0 1 0 N/A DVSS 1 1 0 S6 X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 0 N/A 0 1 0 DVSS 1 1 0 S7 X X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 0 N/A 0 1 0 DVSS 1 1 0 S8 X X 1 P4.7 (I/O) P4.7/P4MAP7/S9 0 0 X P4.6 (I/O) P4.6/P4MAP6/S8 1 0 S5 P4.5 (I/O) P4.5/P4MAP5/S7 X DVSS P4.4 (I/O) P4.4/P4MAP4/S6 X I: 0; O: 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 0 N/A 0 1 0 DVSS 1 1 0 S9 X X 1 Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 99 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 6.12.6 Port P5 (P5.0 and P5.1) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger Figure 6-10 and Figure 6-11 show the port diagrams. Table 6-50 summarizes the selection of the pin functions. Pad Logic to XT1 P5REN.0 P5DIR.0 DVSS 0 DVCC 1 1 0 1 P5OUT.0 0 Module X OUT 1 P5DS.x 0: Low drive 1: High drive P5SEL.0 P5.0/XIN P5IN.0 EN Module X IN Bus Keeper D Figure 6-10. Port P5 (P5.0) Diagram 100 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Pad Logic to XT1 P5REN.1 P5DIR.1 DVSS 0 DVCC 1 1 0 1 P5OUT.1 0 Module X OUT 1 P5.1/XOUT P5DS.x 0: Low drive 1: High drive P5SEL.0 XT1BYPASS P5IN.1 Bus Keeper EN Module X IN D Figure 6-11. Port P5 (P5.1) Diagram Table 6-50. Port P5 (P5.0 and P5.1) Pin Functions PIN NAME (P5.x) x FUNCTION P5DIR.x P5SEL.0 P5SEL.1 XT1BYPASS I: 0; O: 1 0 X X X 1 X 0 X 1 X 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 X X XOUT crystal mode (3) X 1 X 0 P5.1 (I/O) (3) X 1 X 1 P5.0 (I/O) P5.0/XIN 0 XIN crystal mode (2) XIN bypass mode (2) P5.1 (I/O) P5.1/XOUT (1) (2) (3) 1 CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1) X = Don't care Setting P5SEL.0 causes the general-purpose I/O to be disabled. Pending the setting of XT1BYPASS, P5.0 is configured for crystal mode or bypass mode. Setting P5SEL.0 causes the general-purpose I/O to be disabled in crystal mode. When using bypass mode, P5.1 can be used as general-purpose I/O. Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 101 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 6.12.7 Port P5 (P5.2 to P5.4) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger (CC430F614x Only) Figure 6-12 shows the port diagram. Table 6-51 and Table 6-52 summarize the selection of the pin functions. S0(P5.2)/S1(P5.3)/S23(P5.4) LCDS0(P5.2)/LCDS1(P5.3)/LCDS23(P5.4) Pad Logic P5REN.x P5DIR.x DVSS 0 DVCC 1 1 0 1 P5OUT.x 0 DVSS 1 P5.2/S0 P5.3/S1 P5.4/S23 P5DS.x 0: Low drive 1: High drive P5SEL.x P5IN.x Bus Keeper EN Not Used D Figure 6-12. Port P5 (P5.2 to P5.4) Diagram (CC430F614x Only) Table 6-51. Port P5 (P5.2 to P5.3) Pin Functions (CC430F614x Only) CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS PIN NAME (P5.x) x FUNCTION P5.2 (I/O) P5.2/S0 2 3 P5SEL.x LCDS0 or LCDS1 I: 0; O: 1 0 0 N/A 0 1 0 DVSS 1 1 0 S0 X X 1 P5.3 (I/O) P5.3/S1 P5DIR.x I: 0; O: 1 0 0 N/A 0 1 0 DVSS 1 1 0 S1 X X 1 Table 6-52. Port P5 (P5.4) Pin Functions (CC430F614x Only) PIN NAME (P5.x) x FUNCTION P5.4 (I/O) P5.4/S23 102 4 Detailed Description N/A CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS P5DIR.x P5SEL.x LCDS23 I: 0; O: 1 0 0 0 1 0 DVSS 1 1 0 S23 X X 1 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 6.12.8 Port P5 (P5.5 to P5.7) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger (CC430F614x Only) Figure 6-13 shows the port diagram. Table 6-53 summarizes the selection of the pin functions. S24(P5.5)/S25(P5.6)/S26(P5.7) LCDS24(P5.5)/LCDS25(P5.6)/LCDS26(P5.7) COM3(P5.5)/COM2(P5.6)/COM1(P5.7) Pad Logic P5REN.x DVSS 0 DVCC 1 1 P5DIR.x P5OUT.x P5.5/COM3/S24 P5.6/COM2/S25 P5.7/COM1/S26 P5DS.x 0: Low drive 1: High drive P5SEL.x P5IN.x Bus Keeper Figure 6-13. Port P5 (P5.5 to P5.7) Diagram (CC430F614x Only) Table 6-53. Port P5 (P5.5 to P5.7) Pin Functions (CC430F614x Only) CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS PIN NAME (P5.x) P5.5/COM3/S24 P5.6/COM2/S25 x 5 6 FUNCTION P5SEL.x P5.5 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 0 COM3 (1) X 1 X S24 (1) X 0 1 P5.6 (I/O) I: 0; O: 1 0 0 COM2 (1) X 1 X S25 (1) P5.7 (I/O) P5.7/COM1/S26 7 COM1 (1) S26 (1) (1) LCDS24 to LCDS26 P5DIR.x X 0 1 I: 0; O: 1 0 0 X 1 X X 0 1 Setting P5SEL.x bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger. Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 103 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 6.12.9 Port PJ (PJ.0) JTAG Pin TDO, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger or Output Figure 6-14 shows the port diagram. Table 6-54 summarizes the selection of the pin functions. Pad Logic PJREN.0 PJDIR.0 0 DVCC 1 PJOUT.0 0 From JTAG 1 DVSS 0 DVCC 1 PJDS.0 0: Low drive 1: High drive From JTAG 1 PJ.0/TDO PJIN.0 Figure 6-14. Port PJ (PJ.0) Diagram 104 Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 6.12.10 Port PJ (PJ.1 to PJ.3) JTAG Pins TMS, TCK, TDI/TCLK, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger or Output Figure 6-15 shows the port diagram. Table 6-54 summarizes the selection of the pin functions. Pad Logic PJREN.x PJDIR.x 0 DVSS 1 PJOUT.x 0 From JTAG 1 DVSS 0 DVCC 1 PJDS.x 0: Low drive 1: High drive From JTAG 1 PJ.1/TDI/TCLK PJ.2/TMS PJ.3/TCK PJIN.x EN D To JTAG Figure 6-15. Port PJ (PJ.1 to PJ.3) Diagram Table 6-54. Port PJ (PJ.0 to PJ.3) Pin Functions PIN NAME (PJ.x) x FUNCTION CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1) PJDIR.x PJ.0/TDO PJ.1/TDI/TCLK PJ.2/TMS PJ.3/TCK (1) (2) (3) (4) 0 1 2 3 PJ.0 (I/O) (2) I: 0; O: 1 TDO (3) X PJ.1 (I/O) (2) TDI/TCLK (3) I: 0; O: 1 (4) PJ.2 (I/O) (2) TMS (3) (4) PJ.3 (I/O) (2) TCK (3) (4) X I: 0; O: 1 X I: 0; O: 1 X X = Don't care Default condition The pin direction is controlled by the JTAG module. In JTAG mode, pullups are activated automatically on TMS, TCK, and TDI/TCLK. PJREN.x are don't care. Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 105 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 6.13 Device Descriptor Structure Table 6-55 lists the content of the device descriptor tag-length-value (TLV) structure for CC430F614x and CC430F514x device types. Table 6-56 lists the content of the device descriptor tag-length-value (TLV) structure for CC430F512x device types. Table 6-55. Device Descriptor (CC430F614x and CC430F514x) Info Block Die Record ADC10 Calibration REF Calibration Peripheral Descriptor (PD) 106 VALUE ADDRESS SIZE (bytes) F6147 F6145 F6143 F5147 F5145 F5143 Info length 01A00h 1 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h CRC length 01A01h 1 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h CRC value 01A02h 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Device ID 01A04h 1 035h 036h 037h 038h 039h 03Ah Device ID 01A05h 1 081h 081h 081h 081h 081h 081h Hardware revision 01A06h 1 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Firmware revision 01A07h 1 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Die record tag 01A08h 1 08h 08h 08h 08h 08h 08h Die record length 01A09h 1 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah 0Ah DESCRIPTION Lot/wafer ID 01A0Ah 4 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Die X position 01A0Eh 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Die Y position 01A10h 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Test results 01A12h 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit 13h ADC10 calibration Tag 01A14h 1 13h 13h 13h 13h 13h ADC10 calibration length 01A15h 1 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h 10h ADC gain factor 01A16h 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit ADC offset 01A18h 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit ADC 1.5-V reference Temperature sensor 30°C 01A1Ah 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit ADC 1.5-V reference Temperature sensor 85°C 01A1Ch 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit ADC 2.0-V reference Temperature sensor 30°C 01A1Eh 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit ADC 2.0-V reference Temperature sensor 85°C 01A20h 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit ADC 2.5-V reference Temperature sensor 30°C 01A22h 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit ADC 2.5-V reference Temperature sensor 85°C 01A24h 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit REF calibration tag 01A26h 1 12h 12h 12h 12h 12h 12h REF calibration length 01A27h 1 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h 06h 1.5-V reference factor 01A28h 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit 2.0-V reference factor 01A2Ah 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit 2.5-V reference factor 01A2Ch 2 Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Per unit Peripheral descriptor tag 01A2Eh 1 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h 02h Peripheral descriptor length 01A2Fh 1 5Dh 5Dh 5Dh 5Bh 5Bh 5Bh Peripheral descriptors 01A30h PD Length ... ... ... ... ... ... Detailed Description Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 6-56. Device Descriptor Table CC430F512x Info Block Die Record Empty Descriptor REF Calibration Peripheral Descriptor (PD) VALUE ADDRESS SIZE (bytes) F5125 F5123 Info length 01A00h 1 06h 06h CRC length 01A01h 1 06h 06h CRC value 01A02h 2 Per unit Per unit Device ID 01A04h 1 03Bh 03Ch Device ID 01A05h 1 081h 081h Hardware revision 01A06h 1 Per unit Per unit Firmware revision 01A07h 1 Per unit Per unit Die record tag 01A08h 1 08h 08h Die record length 01A09h 1 0Ah 0Ah Lot/wafer ID 01A0Ah 4 Per unit Per unit Die X position 01A0Eh 2 Per unit Per unit Die Y position 01A10h 2 Per unit Per unit Test results 01A12h 2 Per unit Per unit Empty tag 01A14h 1 05h 05h Empty tag length 01A15h 1 10h 10h DESCRIPTION 01A16h 16 Undefined Undefined REF calibration tag 01A26h 1 12h 12h REF calibration length 01A27h 1 06h 06h 1.5-V reference factor 01A28h 2 Per unit Per unit 2.0-V reference factor 01A2Ah 2 Per unit Per unit 2.5-V reference factor 01A2Ch 2 Per unit Per unit Peripheral descriptor tag 01A2Eh 1 02h 02h Peripheral descriptor length 01A2Fh 1 59h 59h Peripheral descriptors 01A30h PD Length ... ... Detailed Description Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 107 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 7 Applications, Implementation, and Layout NOTE Information in the following Applications section is not part of the TI component specification, and TI does not warrant its accuracy or completeness. TI's customers are responsible for determining suitability of components for their purposes. Customers should validate and test their design implementation to confirm system functionality. 7.1 Application Circuits Figure 7-1 shows a typical application circuit for the CC430F61xx. Table 7-1 lists the bill of materials. 108 Applications, Implementation, and Layout Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 L1 C6 C7 C3 15 13 14 C8 C9 VDD C10 C11 12 11 10 DVCC C19 VDD VCORE 9 16 33 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 RF_XIN 35 36 RF_XOUT 37 AVCC_RF AVCC_RF 38 39 RF_P 40 41 8 CC430F61xx 42 RF_N 43 6 7 AVCC_RF 44 5 AVCC_RF 45 4 R_BIAS 46 3 GUARD AVDD TDO TMS TDI/TCLK 47 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 1 AVCC C12 AVSS C13 2 C20 DVCC C14 nRST/NMI/SBWTDIO C15 R2 TEST/SBWTCK VDD C21 R1 26MHz C22 C4 C1 C5 C2 (May be added close to the respective pins to reduce emissions at 5GHz to levels required by ETSI.) C16 C18 (JTAG / SBW signals) TCK AVDD DVCC C17 L2 L4 C23 C25 C24 L3 C26 C27 L5 L6 C28 L7 C29 SMA STRAIGHT JACK, SMT www.ti.com Copyright © 2017, Texas Instruments Incorporated For a complete reference design including layout, see the CC430 wireless development tools, their related documentation, and the MSP430 Hardware Tools User's Guide. Figure 7-1. Typical Application Circuit CC430F61xx Applications, Implementation, and Layout Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 109 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com L1 C7 C6 C5 C2 C1 C8 C9 VDD RF_XIN C10 C11 C19 VDD 25 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 RF_XOUT 26 11 AVCC_RF AVCC_RF 27 28 RF_P 9 10 30 29 8 7 AVCC VCORE DVCC CC430F51xx 31 RF_N AVCC_RF 32 5 6 AVCC_RF R_BIAS 34 33 3 4 GUARD 35 2 AVSS C12 C21 26MHz C22 C4 R1 TDI/TCLK DVCC C14 nRST/NMI/SBWTDIO C15 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 R2 TEST/SBWTCK C13 1 C20 TCK VDD TDO AVDD C16 (May be added close to the respective pins to reduce emissions at 5GHz to levels required by ETSI.) C18 (JTAG / SBW signals) TMS AVDD DVCC C17 C3 L2 L4 C23 C25 C24 L3 C26 C27 L5 L6 C28 L7 C29 SMA STRAIGHT JACK, SMT Figure 7-2 shows a typical application circuit for the CC430F51xx. Table 7-1 lists the bill of materials. Copyright © 2017, Texas Instruments Incorporated For a complete reference design including layout, see the CC430 wireless development tools, their related documentation, and the MSP430 Hardware Tools User's Guide. Figure 7-2. Typical Application Circuit CC430F51xx 110 Applications, Implementation, and Layout Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Table 7-1. Bill of Materials COMPONENTS FOR 315 MHz FOR 433 MHz FOR 868 or 915 MHz COMMENT C1, C3, C4, C5, C7, C9, C11, C13, C15 100 nF Decoupling capacitors C8, C10, C12, C14 10 µF Decoupling capacitors C2, C6, C16, C17, C18 2 pF Decoupling capacitors C19 470 nF VCORE capacitor C20 2.2 nF RST decoupling cap (optimized for SBW) C21, C22 27 pF Load capacitors for 26-MHz crystal (1) R1 56 kΩ R_BIAS (±1% required) R2 47kΩ RST pullup L1, L2 Capacitors: 220 pF 0.016 µH 0.012 µH L3, L4 0.033 µH 0.027 µH 0.018 µH L5 0.033 µH 0.047 µH 0.015 µH L6 (1) (2) dnp (2) dnp (2) 0.0022 µH L7 0.033 µH 0.051 µH 0.015 µH C23 dnp (2) 2.7 pF 1 pF C24 220 pF 220 pF 100 pF C25 6.8 pF 3.9 pF 1.5 pF C26 6.8 pF 3.9 pF 1.5 pF C27 220 pF 220 pF 1.5 pF C28 10 pF 4.7 pF 8.2 pF C29 220 pF 220 pF 1.5 pF The load capacitance CL seen by the crystal is CL = 1 / ((1 / C21) + (1 / C22)) + Cparasitic. The parasitic capacitance Cparasitic includes pin capacitance and PCB stray capacitance. It can be typically estimated to be approximately 2.5 pF. dnp = do not populate Applications, Implementation, and Layout Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 111 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 8 Device and Documentation Support 8.1 Getting Started and Next Steps For an introduction to the MSP430™ family of devices and the tools and libraries that are available to help with your development, visit the Getting Started page. 8.2 Device Nomenclature To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all MSP MCU devices. Each MSP MCU commercial family member has one of two prefixes: MSP or XMS. These prefixes represent evolutionary stages of product development from engineering prototypes (XMS) through fully qualified production devices (MSP). XMS – Experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the final device's electrical specifications MSP – Fully qualified production device XMS devices are shipped against the following disclaimer: "Developmental product is intended for internal evaluation purposes." MSP devices have been characterized fully, and the quality and reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI's standard warranty applies. Predictions show that prototype devices (XMS) have a greater failure rate than the standard production devices. TI recommends that these devices not be used in any production system because their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are to be used. TI device nomenclature also includes a suffix with the device family name. This suffix indicates the temperature range, package type, and distribution format. Figure 8-1 provides a legend for reading the complete device name. 112 Device and Documentation Support Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 MSP 430 F 5 438 A I ZQW T -EP Processor Family Optional: Additional Features MCU Platform Optional: Tape and Reel Device Type Packaging Series Feature Set Processor Family Optional: Temperature Range Optional: A = Revision CC = Embedded RF Radio MSP = Mixed-Signal Processor XMS = Experimental Silicon PMS = Prototype Device 430 = MSP430 low-power microcontroller platform MCU Platform Device Type Memory Type C = ROM F = Flash FR = FRAM G = Flash or FRAM (Value Line) L = No Nonvolatile Memory Specialized Application AFE = Analog Front End BQ = Contactless Power CG = ROM Medical FE = Flash Energy Meter FG = Flash Medical FW = Flash Electronic Flow Meter Series 1 = Up to 8 MHz 2 = Up to 16 MHz 3 = Legacy 4 = Up to 16 MHz with LCD 5 = Up to 25 MHz 6 = Up to 25 MHz with LCD 0 = Low-Voltage Series Feature Set Various levels of integration within a series Optional: A = Revision N/A Optional: Temperature Range S = 0°C to 50°C C = 0°C to 70°C I = –40°C to 85°C T = –40°C to 105°C Packaging http://www.ti.com/packaging Optional: Tape and Reel T = Small reel R = Large reel No markings = Tube or tray Optional: Additional Features -EP = Enhanced Product (–40°C to 105°C) -HT = Extreme Temperature Parts (–55°C to 150°C) -Q1 = Automotive Q100 Qualified Figure 8-1. Device Nomenclature Device and Documentation Support Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 113 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 8.3 www.ti.com Tools and Software The CC430 microcontrollers are supported by a wide variety of software and hardware development tools. Tools are available from TI and various third parties. Design Kits and Evaluation Modules CC430 Sub-GHz RF Experimenter's Board The MSP-EXPCC430RFx Experimenter Kit is a complete sub-GHz development platform for the CC430 devices from the MSP430 family of ultra-lowpower microcontrollers. The kit provides two sub-GHz wireless modules: the MSPEXP430F6137Rx Base Board with the CC430F6137, and the MSP-EXP430F5137Rx Satellite Board with the CC430F5137. Chronos: Wireless Development Tool in a Watch The eZ430-Chronos is a highly integrated, wearable wireless development system based for the CC430 in a sports watch. It may be used as a reference platform for watch systems, a personal display for personal area networks, or as a wireless sensor node for remote data collection. Sub-1 GHz RF Spectrum Analyzer Tool The MSP-SA430-SUB1GHZ Spectrum Analyzer is CC430based reference design that can be used to implement an easy and affordable tool to jumpstart RF development in the sub-GHz frequency range. More and more electronic devices include a built-in RF link. RF transceivers are inexpensive - but the equipment to design and debug such systems is not. The CC430-based spectrum analyzer provides an affordable development tool that reduces the time needed on expensive measurement equipment. Software MSP430Ware™ Software MSP430Ware software is a collection of code examples, data sheets, and other design resources for all MSP430 devices delivered in a convenient package. In addition to providing a complete collection of existing MSP430 design resources, MSP430Ware software also includes a high-level API called MSP Driver Library. This library makes it easy to program MSP430 hardware. MSP430Ware software is available as a component of CCS or as a stand-alone package. CC430F613x Code Examples C Code examples that configure each of the integrated peripherals for various application needs. ULP (Ultra-Low Power) Advisor ULP (Ultra-Low Power) Advisor is a tool for guiding developers to write more efficient code to fully utilize the unique ultra-low power features of MSP430 and MSP432 microcontrollers. Aimed at both experienced and new microcontroller developers, ULP Advisor checks your code against a thorough ULP checklist to squeeze every last nano amp out of your application. Development Tools Code Composer Studio™ Integrated Development Environment for MSP Microcontrollers Code Composer Studio is an integrated development environment (IDE) that supports all MSP microcontroller devices. Code Composer Studio comprises a suite of embedded software utilities used to develop and debug embedded applications. It includes an optimizing C/C++ compiler, source code editor, project build environment, debugger, profiler, and many other features. GCC - Open Source Compiler for MSP430 Microcontrollers TI has partnered with Red Hat to bring you a new and fully supported open source compiler as the successor to the community driven MSPGCC. This free GCC 4.9 compiler supports all MSP430 devices and has no code size limit. In addition, this compiler can be used stand-alone or selected within Code Composer Studio v6.0 or later. MSP MCU Programmer and Debugger The MSP-FET is a powerful emulation development tool – often called a debug probe – which allows users to quickly begin application development on MSP low-power microcontrollers (MCU). MSP-GANG Production Programmer The MSP Gang Programmer is a device programmer that can program up to eight identical devices at the same time. The MSP Gang Programmer connects to a host PC using a standard RS-232 or USB connection and provides flexible programming options that allow the user to fully customize the process. 114 Device and Documentation Support Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com 8.4 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Documentation Support The following documents describe the CC430F613x, CC430F612x, and CC430F513x devices. Copies of these documents are available on the Internet at www.ti.com. To receive notification of documentation updates—including silicon errata—go to the product folder for your device on ti.com (for links to the product folders, see Section 8.5). In the upper right corner, click the "Alert me" button. This registers you to receive a weekly digest of product information that has changed (if any). For change details, check the revision history of any revised document. Errata CC430F6147 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications. CC430F6145 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications. CC430F6143 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications. CC430F5147 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications. CC430F5145 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications. CC430F5143 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications. CC430F5125 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications. CC430F5123 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications. User's Guides CC430 Family User's Guide device family. Detailed information on the modules and peripherals available in this Code Composer Studio for MSP430 User's Guide This user's guide describes how to use the TI Code Composer Studio IDE with the MSP430 ultra-low-power microcontrollers. MSP430™ Flash Device Bootloader (BSL) User's Guide The MSP430 bootloader (BSL) lets users communicate with embedded memory in the MSP430 microcontroller during the prototyping phase, final production, and in service. Both the programmable memory (flash memory) and the data memory (RAM) can be modified as required. Do not confuse the bootloader with the bootstrap loader programs found in some digital signal processors (DSPs) that automatically load program code (and data) from external memory to the internal memory of the DSP. MSP430 Programming With the JTAG Interface This document describes the functions that are required to erase, program, and verify the memory module of the MSP430 flash-based and FRAM-based microcontroller families using the JTAG communication port. In addition, it describes how to program the JTAG access security fuse that is available on all MSP430 devices. This document describes device access using both the standard 4-wire JTAG interface and the 2-wire JTAG interface, which is also referred to as Spy-Bi-Wire (SBW). MSP430 Hardware Tools User's Guide This manual describes the hardware of the TI MSP-FET430 Flash Emulation Tool (FET). The FET is the program development tool for the MSP430 ultralow-power microcontroller. Both available interface types, the parallel port interface and the USB interface, are described. Application Reports MSP430 32-kHz Crystal Oscillators Selection of the right crystal, correct load circuit, and proper board layout are important for a stable crystal oscillator. This application report summarizes crystal oscillator function and explains the parameters to select the correct crystal for MSP430 ultralow-power operation. In addition, hints and examples for correct board layout are given. The document also contains detailed information on the possible oscillator tests to ensure stable oscillator operation in mass production. MSP430 System-Level ESD Considerations System-Level ESD has become increasingly demanding with silicon technology scaling towards lower voltages and the need for designing costeffective and ultra-low-power components. This application report addresses three different ESD topics to help board designers and OEMs understand and design robust system-level designs: (1) Component-level ESD testing and system-level ESD testing, their differences and why component-level ESD rating does not ensure system-level robustness. (2) General design guidelines for system-level ESD protection at different levels including enclosures, cables, PCB layout, and on-board ESD protection devices. (3) Introduction to System Device and Documentation Support Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 115 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com Efficient ESD Design (SEED), a co-design methodology of on-board and on-chip ESD protection to achieve system-level ESD robustness, with example simulations and test results. A few real-world system-level ESD protection design examples and their results are also discussed. DN005 CC11xx Sensitivity versus Frequency Offset and Crystal Accuracy This design note provides plots of CC11xx (CC1100, CC1100E, CC1101, CC1110, and CC1111) sensitivity versus frequency offset for different data rates. The required crystal accuracy is calculated from these plots. The results are also applicable for CC430. AN050 Using the CC1101 in the European 868 MHz SRD Band The CC1101 is a truly low cost, highly integrated, and very flexible RF transceiver. The CC1101 is primarily designed for use in low-power applications in the 315, 433, 868 and 915 MHz SRD/ISM bands. This application note describes how to use the CC1101 in the European 863 – 870 MHz SRD frequency bands in order to comply with EN 300 220 requirements. The application note is also applicable for CC1110, CC1111, and CC430 SoCs as they use the same radio as CC1101. DN010 Close-in Reception with CC1101 This document describes how the CC1100E and CC1101 can be used in close-range applications. The chips have a saturation limit of approximately −15 dBm at 250 kbps, which might be a challenge for some short-range applications. Two suggested solutions are presented, the first is a double-transmit scheme and the second is to shift the receivers dynamic range during close-range reception. DN013 Programming Output Power on CC1101 The CC1101 RF output power level is set by the PATABLE register setting. This register setting also influences the power levels at the different harmonics and the current consumption for the device. These parameters must therefore be considered when choosing the optimal register settings. This document gives complete CC1101 PA tables with typical output power, harmonics, and current consumption for the different register settings at 25°C and 3.0 V supply voltage. DN017 CC11xx 868/915 MHz RF Matching This design note gives a short introduction to RF matching and important aspects when designing products using the CC11xx parts. Because all of the CC11xx parts have the same RF front end, the same matching network can be used between the radio and the antenna. TI provides a reference design for all CC11xx products. These reference designs show recommended placement and values for decoupling capacitors and components in the matching network. 116 Device and Documentation Support Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 www.ti.com 8.5 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 Related Links Table 8-1 lists quick access links. Categories include technical documents, support and community resources, tools and software, and quick access to sample or buy. Table 8-1. Related Links 8.6 PARTS PRODUCT FOLDER ORDER NOW TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS TOOLS & SOFTWARE SUPPORT & COMMUNITY CC430F6147 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here CC430F6145 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here CC430F6143 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here CC430F5147 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here CC430F5145 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here CC430F5143 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here CC430F5125 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here CC430F5123 Click here Click here Click here Click here Click here Community Resources The following links connect to TI community resources. Linked contents are provided "AS IS" by the respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views; see TI's Terms of Use. TI E2E™ Community TI's Engineer-to-Engineer (E2E) Community. Created to foster collaboration among engineers. At e2e.ti.com, you can ask questions, share knowledge, explore ideas, and help solve problems with fellow engineers. TI Embedded Processors Wiki Texas Instruments Embedded Processors Wiki. Established to help developers get started with embedded processors from Texas Instruments and to foster innovation and growth of general knowledge about the hardware and software surrounding these devices. 8.7 Trademarks MSP430, MSP430Ware, E2E are trademarks of Texas Instruments. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 8.8 Electrostatic Discharge Caution This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled with appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage. ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may be more susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published specifications. 8.9 Export Control Notice Recipient agrees to not knowingly export or re-export, directly or indirectly, any product or technical data (as defined by the U.S., EU, and other Export Administration Regulations) including software, or any controlled product restricted by other applicable national regulations, received from disclosing party under nondisclosure obligations (if any), or any direct product of such technology, to any destination to which such export or re-export is restricted or prohibited by U.S. or other applicable laws, without obtaining prior authorization from U.S. Department of Commerce and other competent Government authorities to the extent required by those laws. 8.10 Glossary TI Glossary This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions. Device and Documentation Support Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated 117 CC430F6147, CC430F6145, CC430F6143 CC430F5147, CC430F5145, CC430F5143 CC430F5125, CC430F5123 SLAS555B – JUNE 2012 – REVISED SEPTEMBER 2018 www.ti.com 9 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information The following pages include mechanical, packaging, and orderable information. This information is the most current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and revision of this document. For browser-based versions of this data sheet, refer to the left-hand navigation. 118 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information Copyright © 2012–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: CC430F6147 CC430F6145 CC430F6143 CC430F5147 CC430F5145 CC430F5143 CC430F5125 CC430F5123 PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM www.ti.com 10-Dec-2020 PACKAGING INFORMATION Orderable Device Status (1) Package Type Package Pins Package Drawing Qty Eco Plan (2) Lead finish/ Ball material MSL Peak Temp Op Temp (°C) Device Marking (3) (4/5) (6) CC430F5123IRGZR ACTIVE VQFN RGZ 48 2500 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 CC430 F5123 CC430F5123IRGZT ACTIVE VQFN RGZ 48 250 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 CC430 F5123 CC430F5125IRGZR ACTIVE VQFN RGZ 48 2500 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 CC430 F5125 CC430F5125IRGZT ACTIVE VQFN RGZ 48 250 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 CC430 F5125 CC430F5143IRGZR ACTIVE VQFN RGZ 48 2500 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 CC430 F5143 CC430F5143IRGZT ACTIVE VQFN RGZ 48 250 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 CC430 F5143 CC430F5145IRGZR ACTIVE VQFN RGZ 48 2500 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 CC430 F5145 CC430F5145IRGZT ACTIVE VQFN RGZ 48 250 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 CC430 F5145 CC430F5147IRGZR ACTIVE VQFN RGZ 48 2500 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 CC430 F5147 CC430F5147IRGZT ACTIVE VQFN RGZ 48 250 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 CC430 F5147 CC430F6147IRGCR ACTIVE VQFN RGC 64 2000 RoHS & Green NIPDAU | NIPDAUAG Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 CC430F6147 CC430F6147IRGCT ACTIVE VQFN RGC 64 250 RoHS & Green NIPDAU | NIPDAUAG Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 85 CC430F6147 (1) The marketing status values are defined as follows: ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs. LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect. NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design. PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available. OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device. (2) RoHS: TI defines "RoHS" to mean semiconductor products that are compliant with the current EU RoHS requirements for all 10 RoHS substances, including the requirement that RoHS substance do not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, "RoHS" products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes. TI may reference these types of products as "Pb-Free". Addendum-Page 1 Samples PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM www.ti.com 10-Dec-2020 RoHS Exempt: TI defines "RoHS Exempt" to mean products that contain lead but are compliant with EU RoHS pursuant to a specific EU RoHS exemption. Green: TI defines "Green" to mean the content of Chlorine (Cl) and Bromine (Br) based flame retardants meet JS709B low halogen requirements of
CC430F5147IRGZR 价格&库存

很抱歉,暂时无法提供与“CC430F5147IRGZR”相匹配的价格&库存,您可以联系我们找货

免费人工找货
CC430F5147IRGZR
    •  国内价格
    • 1000+25.52000

    库存:10000